Professional Documents
Culture Documents
October 2015
DICAS-PE-200007E
Copyright
Copyright © 2003-2015 Intergraph® Corporation. All Rights Reserved. Intergraph is part of Hexagon.
Including software, file formats, and audiovisual displays; may be used pursuant to applicable software license agreement; contains
confidential and proprietary information of Intergraph and/or third parties which is protected by copyright law, trade secret law, and
international treaty, and may not be provided or otherwise made available without proper authorization from Intergraph Corporation.
Documentation
Documentation shall mean, whether in electronic or printed form, User's Guides, Installation Guides, Reference Guides,
Administrator's Guides, Customization Guides, Programmer's Guides, Configuration Guides and Help Guides delivered with a
particular software product.
Other Documentation
Other Documentation shall mean, whether in electronic or printed form and delivered with software or on Intergraph Smart Support,
SharePoint, or box.net, any documentation related to work processes, workflows, and best practices that is provided by Intergraph
as guidance for using a software product.
Terms of Use
a. Use of a software product and Documentation is subject to the End User License Agreement ("EULA") delivered with the
software product unless the Licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation. If the
Licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation, the valid signed license shall take
precedence and govern the use of this software product and Documentation. Subject to the terms contained within the
applicable license agreement, Intergraph Corporation gives Licensee permission to print a reasonable number of copies of the
Documentation as defined in the applicable license agreement and delivered with the software product for Licensee's internal,
non-commercial use. The Documentation may not be printed for resale or redistribution.
b. For use of Documentation or Other Documentation where end user does not receive a EULA or does not have a valid license
agreement with Intergraph, Intergraph grants the Licensee a non-exclusive license to use the Documentation or Other
Documentation for Licensee’s internal non-commercial use. Intergraph Corporation gives Licensee permission to print a
reasonable number of copies of Other Documentation for Licensee’s internal, non-commercial use. The Other Documentation
may not be printed for resale or redistribution. This license contained in this subsection b) may be terminated at any time and
for any reason by Intergraph Corporation by giving written notice to Licensee.
Disclaimer of Warranties
Except for any express warranties as may be stated in the EULA or separate license or separate terms and conditions, Intergraph
Corporation disclaims any and all express or implied warranties including, but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness for a particular purpose and nothing stated in, or implied by, this document or its contents shall be considered or deemed
a modification or amendment of such disclaimer. Intergraph believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its
publication date.
The information and the software discussed in this document are subject to change without notice and are subject to applicable
technical product descriptions. Intergraph Corporation is not responsible for any error that may appear in this document.
The software, Documentation and Other Documentation discussed in this document are furnished under a license and may be used
or copied only in accordance with the terms of this license. THE USER OF THE SOFTWARE IS EXPECTED TO MAKE THE FINAL
EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE SOFTWARE IN HIS OWN ENVIRONMENT.
Intergraph is not responsible for the accuracy of delivered data including, but not limited to, catalog, reference and symbol data.
Users should verify for themselves that the data is accurate and suitable for their project work.
Export Controls
Intergraph Corporation’s software products and any third-party Software Products obtained from Intergraph Corporation, its
subsidiaries, or distributors (including any Documentation, Other Documentation or technical data related to these products) are
subject to the export control laws and regulations of the United States. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited. These Software
Products, and the direct product thereof, must not be exported or re-exported, directly or indirectly (including via remote access)
under the following circumstances:
a. To Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, or Syria, or any national of these countries.
b. To any person or entity listed on any U.S. government denial list, including but not limited to, the U.S. Department of Commerce
Denied Persons, Entities, and Unverified Lists, http://www.bis.doc.gov/complianceandenforcement/liststocheck.htm, the U.S.
Department of Treasury Specially Designated Nationals List, http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/, and the U.S.
Department of State Debarred List, http://www.pmddtc.state.gov/compliance/debar.html.
c. To any entity when Licensee knows, or has reason to know, the end use of the Software Product is related to the design,
development, production, or use of missiles, chemical, biological, or nuclear weapons, or other un-safeguarded or sensitive
nuclear uses.
d. To any entity when Licensee knows, or has reason to know, that an illegal reshipment will take place.
Any questions regarding export or re-export of these Software Products should be addressed to Intergraph Corporation’s Export
Compliance Department, Huntsville, Alabama 35894, USA.
Trademarks
Intergraph, the Intergraph logo, CADWorx, and CAESAR II are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intergraph Corporation or its
subsidiaries in the United States, and other countries. Microsoft, and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, and Retek are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation, and/or its affiliates. AutoCAD,
ObjectARX, and RealDWG are trademarks of Autodesk. HOOPS is a trademark of Tech Soft 3D, L.L.C. Other brands, and product
names are trademarks of their respective owners.
CADWorx Design Review contains Autodesk® RealDWG by Autodesk, Inc., copyright © Autodesk, Inc. All rights reserved.
Autodesk, Inc., 111 McInnis Parkway, San Rafael, California 94903 ("Autodesk") is a third-party beneficiary to this Agreement to the
extent that the Software Product contains RealDWG, and to the extent that the provisions herein relate to Licensee’s use of the
Software Product containing RealDWG. Such provisions are made expressly for the benefit of Autodesk, and are enforceable by
Autodesk in addition to Intergraph.
Setup ........................................................................................................................................................... 24
Startup Defaults .................................................................................................................................... 24
Support Directory .................................................................................................................................. 24
MVSetup ............................................................................................................................................... 24
Setup Profile.......................................................................................................................................... 25
2D Panel.................................................................................................................................................... 263
2D Representation .............................................................................................................................. 263
Create a 2D representation .......................................................................................................... 264
2D Representation Hidden .................................................................................................................. 264
Toolbars.................................................................................................................................................... 446
Accessing and Docking the Toolbars.................................................................................................. 446
Aliases and Command Names ........................................................................................................... 447
Connecting to components ................................................................................................................. 447
Compass ............................................................................................................................................. 447
Plane versus Isometrics view modes .................................................................................................. 447
3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling ....................................................................................................... 447
Buttweld .............................................................................................................................................. 448
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 452
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 470
Flanges ............................................................................................................................................... 484
Weld Neck Flange ........................................................................................................................ 485
Slip-on Flange .............................................................................................................................. 487
Blind Flange .................................................................................................................................. 488
Socket Type Flange...................................................................................................................... 489
Threaded Flange .......................................................................................................................... 490
Lap Joint Flange ........................................................................................................................... 492
Stub End ....................................................................................................................................... 492
Conventions
Before reviewing this guide, it is important to understand the terms and conventions used in the
documentation.
Use the information below to identify the convention and the type of information.
[Product Folder] The CADWorx installation folder on your computer, for example,
C:\CADWorx. Substitute your installation folder anywhere this
notation is used.
[AutoCAD Folder] The AutoCAD installation folder on your computer, for example,
C:\AutoCAD 2000i. Substitute your installation folder anywhere
this notation is used.
Key + Key Key combinations for which you must press and hold down one
key and then press another, for example, CTRL+P or ALT+F4.
Technical Support
For the latest information on CADWorx fieldPipe, visit Intergraph CADWorx and Analysis
Solutions (http://www.coade.com/).
For current on-line support information, including knowledge base, technical tips, and
downloads, visit Intergraph Smart Support (https://smartsupport.intergraph.com).
You can contact Intergraph CAS Technical Support or Sales:
ICAS Dealer Support (http://www.coade.com/Support/Dealers.shtml) or ICAS General
Support (http://support.intergraph.com/Default.asp)
Technical Support E-mail: ppmcrm@Intergraph.com
Phone: 1-800-766-7701 (CADWorx Direct), 280-890-4566 (General)
Fax: 281-890-3301
Sales E-mail: sales.icas@intergraph.com
In order to provide technical support, Intergraph CAS needs to know what version of CADWorx,
AutoCAD, and Windows you are using. To determine this information, follow the steps outlined
for the product you are using:
Datasheets Click Help > About to display a dialog box that contains
the required information.
In addition to the information above, the table below lists the additional files that are usually
required to assist Intergraph CAS in resolving your technical issues:
CADWorx Plant (Piping, Steel, HVAC) Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files.
If the model consists of several line numbers,
indicate in the email which line numbers you are
having issues with.
If the model consists of many drawing files with
dependent reference drawings (XREFs), use the
AutoCAD ETRANSMIT command to create a ZIP
file of all the drawings used in the master model.
CADWorx Plant (component data file Email information about the part's dimension from the
creation) manufacturer's catalog.
CADWorx ISOGEN Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files, any
isometrics generated by ISOGEN, and the ISOGEN
style files.
If the model consists of several line numbers,
indicate in the email which line numbers you are
having issues with.
The ISOGEN.FLS file located in the ISOGEN style
folder lists all the files used (*.OPL, *.MLS, *.FLS,
*.DDF, *.POS, *.ALT, *.DWG*.DXF, *.FDF, *.ATT).
Email all files listed in the ISOGEN.FLS file,
including the ISOGEN.FLS file.
CADWorx Equipment to PV Elite Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) file and PV
interface Elite input file (*.PVI).
CADWorx P&ID or CADWorx IP Email the complete P&ID project, which includes
Project.CFG, Database.TBL, Map.TBL, and all the
DWG, and MDB files. Usually, all of these files are
located in one folder.
If the project has many P&ID drawing files, indicate
which P&ID drawings and components you are
having issues with.
If you are experiencing database errors, include the
file [Product
Folder]\P&ID\System\Sql_Error_Log.TXT.
If you are emailing MDB files, use a compression
utility such as WinZIP. Most email servers have
restrictions on transmitting MDB attachments.
CADWorx Datasheets Email the datasheets MDB file and any datasheet file
generated (XLS).
If emailing MDB / XLS files, use a compression
utility such as WinZIP. Most email servers have
restrictions on transmitting MDB / XLS attachments.
CADWorx Plant to CAESAR II Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) file and
interface CAESAR II input file (*._A, *.C2).
Run the CADWorx GETALLSPECDATAFILES
command to copy all specifications and data files
used in the model into sub-folders under where the
model drawing file is located.
Zip the contents of these folders and email the ZIP
file to Intergraph CAS Support.
If the model consists of several line numbers,
indicate in the email which line numbers you are
having issues with.
CADWorx Design Review Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files.
If the model consists of several line numbers,
indicate in the email which line numbers you are
having issues with.
If the model consists of many drawing files with
dependent reference drawings (XREFs), use the
AutoCAD ETRANSMIT command to create a ZIP
file of all drawings used in the master model.
CADWorx Design Viewer Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files and the
*.CDR file.
If you are attaching large or multiple files to your eCustomer log, use a compression utility
such as WinZIP.
If you cannot attach your drawing files, then try to duplicate the issue in a new drawing with
as few components as possible. If the issue can be duplicated in a new drawing, attach the
duplicate drawing to Intergraph CAS.
For hardware lock issues, first verify that you have an Intergraph CAS hardware lock.
CADWorx Plant Professional, CADWorx P&ID, CADWorx P&ID Professional, CADWorx
Plant Ductile Iron, and CADWorx Plant Sanitary use the Intergraph CAS hardware lock for
licensing. For more information, see Licensing in the CADWorx Installation Users Guide.
Software Enhancements
You can manage control over specific configuration settings, piping rules, and
miscellaneous settings through the CADWorx Plant Setup dialog box. Local user
preferences control any settings that the configuration file does not contain. For more
information, see CADWorx Plant Setup Dialog Box in Setup (on page 27), Configuration
Settings (on page 31), Piping Rules (on page 55), and Miscellaneous CFG content (on page
69).
You can update the length of components that contain variable lengths with the Variable
Component Length Assignment Rule. For more information, see Variable Component
Length Assignment (on page 64).
You can control when components in a drawing update if that drawing has incompatible
components with the Incompatible Component Actions rule. You cannot change the data
or update any incompatible component in a drawing. You can only update components
compatible with the current version being used. For more information, see Incompatible
Component Actions (on page 64).
You can place Location Points in the drawing with Isogen Supplemental . For more
information, see Isogen Supplemental (on page 169).
You can turn updates on or off for Variable Component Length and for Topworks in the
Apply Change Data Rule. For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box
(on page 62).
You can set the SKEY for a selected OTAP with the SETOTAPSKEY command. For more
information, see Set an OTAP SKEY (on page 248).
Upgraded the Setup_Profile utility to provide access to all CADWorx modules installed on
your machine, and allow you to modify the AutoCAD Vertical Product and Version to which
CADWorx deploys. For more information, see Setup Profile (on page 25).
You can define end types and Isogen symbols by connection point in user shapes. For more
information, see User Shapes (on page 218).
Updated specification component architecture to support any end-type combination for any
component added to your specification. Previously, unsupported end-type combinations for
particular components such as THRDxTHRD Relief Valves, mixed end-type Unions, and
Clamped end-type components cause a ProgramCode 0000 condition, preventing
placement of these components. This enhancement now supports any combination needed.
You can edit the properties of pipe support assemblies and the pipe support parts by using
the CEDIT command or double-clicking a pipe support. For more information, see Local Edit
(on page 82).
You can create pipe support assemblies in your drawing and save them to the drawing, a
project, or a pipe support libraries file. For more information, see Support Modeler Palette
(on page 112).
Additional options are available for defining isometric drawing output. For more information,
see Isogen Out (on page 161), and IsogenDefaultStyle (on page 40).
New dialog boxes provide additional control on Isogen drawings output:
View Extraction dialog box
Collect Data dialog box
You can launch I-Configure and the Symbol Editor from the Isogen Panel (on page 160).
Enhanced the formatting of spool, weld, and mark numbers going out to and returning from
Isogen and .pcf file when you use the Repeatability functionality. Previously, the software
removed leading zeros on Isogen out, and Isogen style prefix formatting on the way back
into CADWorx when using the Repeatability functionality. This enhancement removes these
limitations.
You can run Bill of Material schedules on pipe supports. Use the following commands:
PSCBOMSETUP, PSCBOMCUT, PSCBOMTOTAL, PSCBOMSINGLE,
PSCBOMEXPORT, and PSCBOMDELETE. For more information, see Pipe Support Bill of
Material Setup (on page 126), Cut Pipe Support Bill of Material (on page 129), Total Pipe
Support Bill of Material (on page 130), Single Pipe Support Bill of Material (on page 132),
Export Pipe Support Bill of Material (on page 134), and Delete Pipe Support Bill of Material
(on page 135).
Combined the Pipe Support Report with the Pipe Support Bill of Material Export. For
more information, see Pipe Support Report (on page 147).
You can view Quick Start Videos from the CADWorx Plant menu. Click Plant > Quick
Start Videos.
CADWorx Plant now supports usage of AutoCAD Associative Dimensioning on CADWorx
component geometry.
You can route sloped pipe using the centerline distance or the projected distance. For more
information, see Auto Route (on page 275).
Obsolete Commands
These commands are no longer available in CADWorx Plant.
GETALLDATAFILES GETALLSPECDATAFILES
Online Help
To access the CADWorx Help, type MANUAL on the command line, and then press ENTER.
Setup
Before you begin using CADWorx Plant, you need to set options and some basic configuration
tasks.
Your project administrator needs to review and update the catalog (.cat) and project
(.prj) file in the Spec Editor before modeling begins.
In This Section
Startup Defaults ............................................................................. 24
Support Directory ........................................................................... 24
MVSetup ........................................................................................ 24
Setup Profile .................................................................................. 25
Startup Defaults
When starting CADWorx Plant for the first time, you are prompted for the system of
measurement to use in the drawing. This dialog box only displays the first time you start
CADWorx. After that, the configuration file name and location is stored in the registry. The
following options are available:
Imperial Measurements - Imperial Pipe Sizes
Restores the [Product Folder]\Plant\System\Imperial.cfg file.
Metric Measurements - Imperial Pipe Sizes
Restores the [Product Folder]\Plant\System\Metric.cfg file.
Metric Measurements - Metric Pipe Sizes
Restores the [Product Folder]\Plant\System\Metric.cfg file.
Support Directory
Drawings in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder should not be opened with CADWorx
Plant. If a drawing is started in this folder, an error displays indicating that the software should
not be run from this location. This stops CADWorx from initializing or preparing the support
drawings. Directly open AutoCAD to modify these drawings.
To create a base profile, see Creating a Base Profile (on page 657).
MVSetup
Plant menu: Utility > MVSetup
Plant uses the MVSETUP.LSP file supplied by AutoCAD. The software also supplies a simplified
version of the MVSETUP.DFS file in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder. If this file is
deleted, the software recreates it.
The MVSETUP.DFS file can be modified to include additional title blocks. Plant uses these title
blocks with the Setup (on page 27) function. The MVSetup routine has options that allow you to
add and delete title blocks. Plant supplies its own title blocks for your convenience. Plant title
blocks have attributes attached for ease of labeling.
Setup Profile
Enables you to start CADWorx in different versions of AutoCAD. You need to run the
Setup_Profile utility with Administrator privileges.
Select CADWorx
Enables you to select the version and product you want to run.
CADWorx Version
Specifics the version of CADWorx you want to run.
CADWorx Product Location
Specifies the location of the CADWorx installation for the product you select from the
Product List.
Product List
Specifies the product you want to run, such as Plant or P&ID.
Select AutoCAD
Enables you to select the version of AutoCAD you want to run for the CADWorx version.
AutoCAD Product Location
Specifies the location of the AutoCAD version selected in the AutoCAD Version List.
AutoCAD Version List
Specifics the version of AutoCAD you want to run. Lists only available and supported
versions of AutoCAD.
Main Size - Specifies the specification, and the main and SETSIZE, SETSPEC
reduction sizes. For more information, see Set Specification
and Size (on page 52).
Socket Weld - Sets the socket welded fitting mode for hub- —
based components. For more information, see Socket Weld
(on page 101).
Spec Change Toggle - Turns the TAG value update on or off. SPECCHGTOGGLE
Setup
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Setup
Current Drawing
Displays the current default values for Specification / Size. Sets the Colors, Drawing
Mode, Fitting Mode, and Routing Mode.
Specification / Size
Displays the current settings for the specification and size:
Main Size
Displays the main size set for the drawing.
Reduction Size
Displays the reduction size set for the drawing.
Specification
Displays the specification set for the drawing.
Colors
Sets the default colors in the drawing:
Compass
Sets the compass color. The compass can also be turned off here.
Dimension
Sets the dimensions color. The dimensions can also be turned off here.
Highlight
Sets the highlight color.
Drawing Mode
Sets the default drawing mode:
3D Solids
Draws components in 3D mode.
2D Double Line
Draws components in 2D with double lines mode.
2D Single Line
Draws components in 2D with a single line mode.
3D Enhanced
Draws components in 3D enhanced mode. Bolts, gaskets, and welds display in their
real world appearance in this mode.
You can convert the drawing to another mode. For more information, see Mode Convert
(on page 98).
Fitting Mode
Specifies the fitting mode for hub-based components. Select one of the following:
Socket
Dimensions and engagement properties are based on the socket welded section of
the specification.
Threaded
Dimensions and engagement properties are based on the threaded section of the
specification.
Routing Mode
Specifies the mode for routing pipe in the drawing.
Center
Specifies the component routes using the center line to draw the component.
BOP
Specifies the component routes using the bottom of pipe to draw the component.
TOP
Specifies the component routes using the top of pipe to draw the component.
Left
Specifies the component routes using the left of the pipe to draw the component.
Right
Specifies the component routes using the right of the pipe to draw the component.
Configuration Settings
Sets the values for the configuration and enables you to select specific settings to save to
the configuration file. For more information, see Startup Variables (on page 32).
Specification / Size
Sets the specification and sizes of the drawing. Specification must be set before sizes can
be set. For more information, see Set Specification and Size (on page 52).
Configuration Layers
Specifies drawing layers and the default names, line types, and colors of the layers. Default
layers are provided. You can add and delete layers. For more information, see Configuration
Layers (on page 53).
Piping Rules
Sets the piping rules in the drawing and enables you to select specific piping rules to save to
the configuration file. For more information, see Piping Rules (on page 55).
Convert Legacy Drawing
Enables you to convert a legacy drawing to custom entity components. For more
information, see Convert Legacy Drawing (on page 65).
Miscellaneous CFG content
Enables you to select specific miscellaneous settings in CADWorx to save to the
configuration file. For more information, see Miscellaneous CFG content (on page 69).
Include all settings when saving the CFG file
Saves all settings selected in the CFG file when you click Save and Close. This inclusion
accounts for any setting changes you have made to the miscellaneous settings in the
software. For more information on the miscellaneous settings, see Miscellaneous CFG
content (on page 69).
Save and Close
Saves any changes made to the configuration file, and closes the CADWorx Plant Setup.
Save As
Enables you to save changes to a separate configuration file.
Load
Loads a saved configuration.
Apply and Close
Accepts the settings and closes the dialog box. These settings immediately apply to the
local user settings for the current drawing. This option does not save changes to the loaded
configuration file.
You cannot alter settings and piping rules included in the shared configuration file in the design
sessions for anyone with Read-Only permissions to the file.
You can alter settings and pipe rules excluded from the shared configuration file in the design
sessions for anyone with Read-Only permissions to the file. Personal preferences store in the
local user profile and apply consistently any time you exclude settings from the loaded
configuration file.
For more information on how to include or exclude configuration setting, piping rules, and
miscellaneous configuration file content, see Configuration Settings (on page 31), Piping Rules
(on page 55), and Miscellaneous CFG content (on page 69).
Configuration Settings
Specifies values for the selected configuration setting.
The drawing parameters are setup during installation for imperial or metric in the setup
profile. If you want to change the configuration setting to the drawing parameters, use the
Drawing Prototype (on page 34) variable to change the drawing settings.
When you save the configuration file, the software only saves the settings that you have
checked in the Include in CFG column.
Configuration Settings
Displays variables to change. Change variable values in the text box list. For more
information, see Startup Variables (on page 32).
Include in CFG
Specifies the configuration settings saved to the configuration file. Select the check box in
the main title to clear all or select all configuration settings. Local user preferences control
any settings that you have not included in the configuration file.
The flowchart below outlines CADWorx Plant's logic for determining how the configuration
file loads when you start a new drawing.
The flowchart below outlines CADWorx Plant's logic for determining how the configuration
file loads when you open an existing drawing. This logic applies each time you open an
existing drawing.
If you set the user permissions of the configuration file to Read-Only, then you cannot
modify settings controlled by the configuration file. You also cannot overwrite the configuration
file.
Startup Variables
Provides default drawing and component values. You can modify the variables in the
configuration setting as needed. For more information, see Configuration Settings (on page 31).
The most recent configuration settings are stored in the registry and are used the next time you
start Plant.
Topics
Drawing Prototype ......................................................................... 34
AlphaSizeControl ........................................................................... 34
AuditDataOnStartup....................................................................... 34
AutoDimensionBox ........................................................................ 35
BomBoltControl.............................................................................. 35
BomScheduleDirection .................................................................. 36
BomScheduleSpacing ................................................................... 36
BomTagGridFactor ........................................................................ 36
BomTagOptimize ........................................................................... 37
BomTagRadiusFactor .................................................................... 37
BomTagSpacingFactor .................................................................. 37
BoltRoundControl .......................................................................... 37
CADWorxMaterial .......................................................................... 38
CAESARIIMaterial ......................................................................... 38
CAESARIIMemory ......................................................................... 38
CAESARIITolerance ...................................................................... 38
CAESARIIVersion .......................................................................... 39
DataBaseCodesIsogen .................................................................. 39
DimensionsExcludedSlope ............................................................ 39
DimensionsExistingIsogen ............................................................ 39
ElbowCenterLine ........................................................................... 40
FittingWidth .................................................................................... 40
HVACLibraryDirectory ................................................................... 40
IsogenContinuationGraphicsCount................................................ 40
IsogenDefaultStyle......................................................................... 40
IsogenSetting ................................................................................. 42
LanguageFile ................................................................................. 42
LayerByLineNumber ...................................................................... 42
LineNumberSystem ....................................................................... 45
LineViewIsolationSettingsFile ........................................................ 45
PipeDescriptionCat ........................................................................ 45
PipeSupportSetting ........................................................................ 47
SaveLastProfileUsed ..................................................................... 47
SingleLineWidth ............................................................................. 47
SpecificationDirectory .................................................................... 47
SpecificationDefaultProject ............................................................ 48
SpecSizeOverride .......................................................................... 48
SteelCopeBoltDistance .................................................................. 48
SteelCopeWeldDistance ................................................................ 48
SteelLibraryDirectory ..................................................................... 48
SteelNeutralAxis ............................................................................ 49
SteelPartNumberFile ..................................................................... 49
SteelRoundControl ........................................................................ 49
SteelRoundUnit.............................................................................. 50
SteelToolTipSetting ....................................................................... 50
SyncOnStartUp .............................................................................. 50
TemplateDatabaseFile................................................................... 50
ToolTipSetting ................................................................................ 51
TopWorksSetting ........................................................................... 51
UseObjectsFromXrefs ................................................................... 51
WeldDotSize .................................................................................. 52
WeldGapToDB............................................................................... 52
Drawing Prototype
Default value: English/Inch
Allowed values: English/Inch, Metric/Inch, and Metric/Metric
Enables you to select a drawing environment type:
English/Inch
Uses the Imperial dimensions with Imperial pipe sizes.
Metric/Inch
Uses the Metric dimensions with Imperial pipe sizes.
Metric/Metric
Uses the Metric dimensions with Metric pipe sizes.
AlphaSizeControl
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10
Controls the number of decimal places used in Alpha Size. Setting this variable to zero places
no decimals in Alpha Size. Setting the variable to a value from 1 to 9 places 1 to 9 decimal
places in Alpha Size. Setting this variable to 10 suppresses trailing zeros in Alpha Size.
Example with a value of 0:
For Imperial pipe size: 4 1/2" would be 4 1/2" or 6" would be 6"
For Metric pipe size: 50 would be 50 or 60.3 would be 60
Example with a value of 3:
For Imperial pipe size: 4 1/2" would be 4.500" or 6" would be 6.000"
For Metric pipe size: 50 would be 50.000 or 60.3 would be 60.300
Example with a value of 10:
For Imperial pipe size: 4 1/2" would be 4.5" or 6" would be 6"
For Metric pipe size: 50 would be 50 or 60.3 would be 60.3
If you want decimals to display in Alpha Size in Imperial or Metric, the recommended
setting is 10.
AuditDataOnStartup
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1
Controls when CADWorx checks components for removed XDATA when opening a drawing.
0
Checking for removed XDATA is turned off.
1
Checking for removed XDATA is turned on.
See Also
Show Removed XDATA (on page 35)
Restore XDATA (on page 35)
AutoDimensionBox
Default value: No
Allowed values: No, Yes
Controls boxes around rolling offset automatic dimensions when using Automatic . When set
to Yes, a box is drawn for the rolling offset.
For more information, see Automatic (on page 289).
BomBoltControl
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, or 3
Specifies bolt placement in the Plant Isogen bill of material schedules.
0
Places the quantity for a set in the pre-CADWorx 2002 format, such as:
QUANTITY = 4, ALPHA_SIZE = 3/4", LONG_DESC = (8) Studs with nuts.
1
Places the quantity for total bolts, and strips the set number from the long description,
such as:
QUANTITY = 32, ALPHA_SIZE = 3/4", LONG_DESC = Studs with nuts.
2
Places the quantity for a set, the alpha size based on the flange size, and appends the
bolt diameter to the long description, such as:
QUANTITY = 4, ALPHA_SIZE = 12", LONG_DESC = (8) 3/4" Studs with nuts.
3
Places the quantity for total bolts, strips the set number from the long description, places
the alpha size based on the flange size, and appends the bolt diameter to the long
description, such as:
QUANTITY = 32, ALPHA_SIZE = 12", LONG_DESC = 3/4" Studs with nuts.
When this option is set to 1 or 3, the long description of the bolt must contain the number
of bolts in the set enclosed by parenthesis. The software uses the value in parenthesis as the
new quantity. The number is then automatically removed from the long description when
displayed in the material list.
BomScheduleDirection
Default value: Down
Allowed values: Down or Up
Specifies the direction of the bill of materials schedule.
Up
Places the bill of materials schedule in the upward direction, with the column headings
at the bottom.
Down
Places the bill of materials schedule in the downward direction, with the column
headings at the top.
BomScheduleSpacing
Default value: 0.25
Allowed values: Positive real
Controls the spacing on the bill of material schedule.
BomTagGridFactor
Default value: 1.0
Allowed values: Positive real
Controls the bill of material tag grid density on the drawing.
When BomTagOptimize (on page 37) is set to 2, set this variable to 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, or 3.0.
BomTagOptimize
Default value: 2
Allowed values: 0, 1, or 2
Specifies the tagging algorithm used for the bill of material.
0
The tagging algorithm is off.
1
The algorithm is on, but does not stack any tags.
2
The algorithm is on. Flange, bolt, and gasket tags are stacked.
BomTagRadiusFactor
Default value: 1.25
Allowed values: Positive real
Controls the radius of tag bubbles. Bubbles are sized using this factor multiplied by the
AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE.
BomTagSpacingFactor
Default value: 1.25
Allowed values: Positive real
Controls how far bill of materials bubbles are spaced from the model or components within the
drawing.
BoltRoundControl
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, or 3
Specifies the rounding for bolt length calculations.
0
No rounding is performed.
1
Rounds the value up to the nearest multiple of the value specified in Catalog.
2
Rounds the value down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in Catalog.
3
Rounds the value up or down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in Catalog.
CADWorxMaterial
Default value: No
Allowed values: No or Yes
Controls CADWorx material generation when using System In . For more information, see
System In (on page 256).
No
The software bases component descriptions in CADWorx on the material types in
CAESAR II. The CADWorx component name is combined with the CAESAR II material
type.
Yes
The software bases component descriptions in CADWorx on the specifications. Material
types from CAESAR II are ignored.
The component name is defined in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System\Prgm.tbl file.
CAESARIIMaterial
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, or 2
Controls CAESAR II material generation when using System Out . For more information, see
System Out (on page 242).
0
Provides extended material database material types in CAESAR II based on the pipe
material defined in Spec Editor . This does not apply if the component was originally
created in CAESAR II.
1
Provides basic material types in CAESAR II (1-17) corresponding to the component
material long description in the specification.
2
Provides extended material database material types in CAESAR II based on the actual
component material long description in the specification.
When using CAESAR II version 3.23, only option 1 can be used.
CAESARIIMemory
Default value: 12.0
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the amount of computer RAM used when importing a large CAESAR II input model.
This variable is not required, but is helpful if the import is failing. The value is multiplied by
megabytes.
CAESARIITolerance
Default value: 0.001
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the tolerance for items that are not transferring correctly to CAESAR II. For example,
hangers placed on a skewed line sometimes fail and require a larger tolerance factor.
CAESARIIVersion
Default value: 2014
Allowed values: 2011, 2013, or 2014
Specifies the format of the CAESAR II (.c2) input file created by CADWorx. The value should
match the version of CAESAR II that you are using.
DataBaseCodesIsogen
Default value: No
Allowed values: No or Yes
Specifies how CADWorx Isogen uses the DataBaseCodes system.
No
The DataBaseCodes system is not used. CADWorx Plant creates generic item code
combinations for each run of Isogen, starting at 1 for each run. Components with
identical long annotation and specification file names are given the same item-code
combination.
Yes
Isogen uses the DataBaseCodes system.
If this option is set to Yes and a valid DataBaseCodes system is not established, bill
of material generation within Isogen is not correct.
DimensionsExcludedSlope
Default value: 10.0
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the minimum percentage slope (rise/run) for automatic dimensioning of the vertical leg
of sloped pipe when using Automatic . If the pipe slope is under the specified value, then the
vertical leg dimension and the associated hatched graphics for the rise are not placed. The
horizontal dimension is still placed.
For more information, see Automatic (on page 289).
DimensionsExistingIsogen
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, or 2
Controls Isogen isometric representation of existing components.
0
Existing components are exported with dotted lines and are dimensioned.
1
Existing components are exported with dotted lines and are not dimensioned.
2
Existing components are exported with solid lines and are dimensioned.
Individual Isogen dimension settings override this setting. For more information, see
Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page 89).
ElbowCenterLine
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0 (off) or 1 (on)
Controls square elbow centerlines on elbow-type components. When set to 1, an additional
square centerline is drawn without drawing square elbow graphics. These lines appear in 2D
double line and Isometric modes only.
You can also control this variable by setting the Elbow Centerline in CADWorx Plant
menu: Utilities > Drawing Control > Elbow Centerline.
FittingWidth
Default value: 1.0
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the appearance of all flanged, socket welded, and threaded fittings. When set to 1.0,
the software draws fitting hubs or flange ODs at 100% of the width specified in their data file.
This variable is useful at a value of 0.7 when drawing socket weld and threaded type hub fittings
where the hubs overlap.
HVACLibraryDirectory
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\HVAC
Allowed values: Valid directory name
Defines the location of the data files folder used for HVAC components.
IsogenContinuationGraphicsCount
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, or 3
Displays continuation graphics based on the following selections:
0
Display no continuation graphics when running Isogen.
1
Display one continuation graphic when running Isogen.
2
Display two continuation graphics when running Isogen.
3
Displays three continuation graphics when running Isogen.
IsogenDefaultStyle
Default value: <none>
Allowed values: Full path to an Isogen.fls file
Specifies the Isogen style used by Isogen Out and Isogen Batch . Displays the Select
Isogen Style dialog box.
For more information, see Isogen Out (on page 161) and Isogen Batch (on page 168).
When this variable is defined, Isogen Out does not display the Select Isogen Style
dialog box.
IsogenSetting
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, or 3
Controls import of Isogen repeat file data when running Isogen Out (on page 161) or Isogen
Batch (on page 168).
Isogen Repeat File has to be configured in the Isogen Project for the repeat file import to
be active.
0
Turns off all settings.
1
Imports Mark/Sheet data from the repeat file.
2
Imports Spool data from the repeat file.
3
Imports Mark/Sheet/Spool data from the repeat file.
LanguageFile
Default value: English.dic
Allowed values: A valid and properly formatted language file
Specifies the language of all Plant dialog boxes and prompts. The specified file must be present
in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder for proper operation of Plant.
You must set the LanguageFile to the regional language when using a language-specific
specification. For example, if you have Chinese characters in your specification, set the
LanguageFile to Chinese_Simplified.dic. If you do not, System Out (on page 242) and
System In (on page 256) do not function correctly.
LayerByLineNumber
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4
Specifies the layers for component placement.
You can use UPDATELAYERBYLINENUMBERDATA to update a line number with the
current LayerByLineNumber setting. If you set LayerByLineNumber to 0 and change it to 2,
then run UPDATELAYERBYLINENUMBERDATA, the line number you select updates based
on the settings defined below.
0
a. Solid:
i. The layer name of the solid is based on PRJ layer entry.
ii. "_" is placed in front of the layer name: For example: 150 spec is on layer _150.
iii. The color of the solid is set according to the table below:
b. Center line
i. The layer name of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration
Layers > Cl setting.
ii. The color of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration Layers > Cl
setting.
iii. The line type of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration Layers >
Cl setting.
iv. Any changes to Setup > Layers > Centerline Settings changes the existing
centerlines in the DWG file.
1
a. Solid
i. The layer name of the solid and center line is based on the Line Number name.
ii. The color of the solid and center line is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.
iii. The line type of the solid and center line is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.
iv. Any changes made to the line number using CEDIT do not change the layer the
solid and center line is on. Use the AutoCAD Layer command to change the layer
of an existing solid and center line in the DWG file.
b. Centerline: Same implementation as Solid.
2
a. Solid:
i. The layer name of the solid is based on the Line Number name.
ii. The color of the solid is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.
iii. The line type of the solid is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.
iv. Any changes made to the line number using CEDIT do not change the layer the
solid is on. Use the AutoCAD Layer command to change the layer of an existing
solid in the DWG file.
b. Centerline:
i. The layer name of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration
Layers > Cl setting.
ii. The color of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration Layers > Cl
setting.
iii. The line type of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration Layers >
Cl setting.
iv. Any changes made to the line number using CEDIT do not change the layer the
solid is on. Use the AutoCAD Layer command to change the layer of an existing
centerline in the DWG File.
3
a. Solid
i. The layer name of the solid and center line is based on the Line Number name.
ii. The color of the solid and center line has the same implementation for solid color as
LayerByLineNumber = 0 setting shown in the table above.
iii. The line type of the solid and center line is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.
iv. Any changes made to the line number using CEDIT do not change the layer the
solid and center line is on. Use the AutoCAD Layer command to change the layer
of an existing solid and center line in the DWG file.
b. Centerline: Same implementation as the Solid.
4
a. Solid:
i. The layer name for solid is based on the Line Number name.
ii. The color of the solid has the same implementation for solid color as
LayerByLineNumber = 0 setting shown in table above.
iii. The line type of the solid is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.
iv. Any changes made to the line number using CEDIT do not change the layer the
solid is on. Use the AutoCAD Layer command to change the layer of an existing
solid in the DWG file.
b. Centerline:
i. The layer name of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration
Layers > Cl setting.
ii. The color of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration Layers > Cl
setting.
iii. The line type of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration Layers >
Cl setting.
iv. Any changes made to the line number using CEDIT do not change the layer the
solid is on. Use the AutoCAD Layer command to change the layer of an existing
centerline in the DWG file.
LineNumberSystem
Default value: 1
Allowed values: 0 (off), 1 (on), or 2 (static)
Specifies the line number system.
0
Line numbers are manually entered.
1
Size, spec, and count number are used for the line number
2
Count number is used for the line number.
LineViewIsolationSettingsFile
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\[user-defined folder]
Allowed values: Valid file path (*.lvi)
Provides the location of the Isolation Settings File.
Sets the filter settings default file. When using the Line View Isolation Properties Manager,
the Isolation Setting File uses the file associated with the LineViewIsolationSettingsFile
variable and opens it as the default file. For more information on the Line View Isolation
Properties Manager, see Line View Isolation Properties Manager (on page 111).
PipeDescriptionCat
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0 through 6
Specifies the addition of end preps to the long description, and DataBaseCodes for:
Small-bore threaded or socket-welded pipe when using Thrd/SW Pipe . For more
information, see Thrd/SW Pipe (on page 588).
Nipple components when using Nipple . For more information, see Nipple (on page 589).
Small-bore pipe that is broken by an inserted component when using Router . For more
information, see Router (on page 282).
Swage components when using the Swage reducer from CADWorx Spec View palette.
For end prep to show, you must have the end prep schema set in the description formats.
For more information, see Description Format Dialog Boxes, and Long, Short, Tag, and Part
Number Dialog Boxes in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
PipeSupportSetting
Default value: 1
Allowed values: 0, 1, or 2
Specifies the layer for pipe support component placement.
0
The pipe support is placed on a layer set from the CADWorx layer settings.
1
The pipe support is placed on the same layer as the connecting pipe or elbow
component.
2
The pipe support is placed on a new layer. The layer name is derived by appending the
component layer name and the pipe support layer name. For example, if the pipe solid
is on layer _150, and the pipe support layer name is SUPT, then the pipe support is on
new layer _150SUPT.
SaveLastProfileUsed
Default value: No
Allowed values: No or Yes
Specifies whether CADWorx saves the last profile used on exit.
When a drawing file is double-clicked in Windows Explorer, or if AutoCAD is started using an
icon without specifying any profile, AutoCAD always loads the last profile used.
No
Prevents CADWorx from saving the last profile used.
Yes
Allows CADWorx to save the last profile used.
SingleLineWidth
Default value: 0.02
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the default width for a single line pipe.
SpecificationDirectory
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec
Allowed values: Valid folder
Provides the location of the specifications folder.
This folder can be set as read-only.
SpecificationDefaultProject
Default value: Valid PRJ file
Allowed values: Valid PRJ file
Specifies the spec default project file.
Project files store specification information for all components in CADWorx. Setting a project file
here enables it to be the default project used for all modeling. This file can be opened using the
Specification Editor. When modeling, the information is accessed using this file to create the
components. For more information, see Spec Editor (on page 106).
SpecSizeOverride
Default value: Yes
Allowed values: No or Yes
Controls the ability to override component specification and size. If override is turned off, you are
not able to draw out of spec or out of size.
Yes
Overrides the specification and size limits.
No
Limits drawing to values within specification and size limits.
SteelCopeBoltDistance
Default value: 0.5 (Imperial) 15 (Metric)
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the distance used when two steel beams are coped using the bolted method of Cope
. For more information, see Steel - Cope (on page 387).
SteelCopeWeldDistance
Default value: 0.0
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the distance used when two steel beams are coped using the welded method of Cope
. For more information, see Steel - Cope (on page 387).
SteelLibraryDirectory
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\Steel_I ([Product Folder]\Plant\Steel_M for metric)
Allowed values: Valid folder name
Locates the data file used for drawing Steel. The data files can be located anywhere on the
computer, local network, or wide area network.
This folder can be set as read-only.
SteelNeutralAxis
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, or 3
Specifies the location of centerlines for steel channels and angles.
0
The centerline is drawn at the X--column value specified in the channel or angle data
files.
1
The centerline is drawn at the midpoint of the flange.
2
The centerline is drawn on the inside of the flange. Use this value if channels and
angles are coped with other members.
3
The centerline is drawn on the outside of the flange. Use this value if channels and
angles are mitered with other members.
SteelPartNumberFile
Default value: SamplePartNumbers.dat
Allowed values: Valid and properly formatted part number file
Specifies the file containing part numbers that can be automatically entered for a steel member
component. When a steel member is drawn, the software searches the data file for a matching
member type and member name. If found, the software then retrieves the part number and
saves it with the member component.
SteelRoundControl
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, or 3
Specifies the rounding of values read from the steel data files.
0
No rounding is performed.
1
Rounds the value up to the nearest multiple of the value specified in SteelRoundUnit (on
page 50).
2
Rounds the value down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in SteelRoundUnit
(on page 50).
3
Rounds the value up or down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in
SteelRoundUnit (on page 50).
SteelRoundUnit
Default value: 0.125
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the rounding multiple of values read from the steel data files. This variable is used with
SteelRoundControl (on page 49).
SteelToolTipSetting
Default value: 4235
Allowed values: Positive integer
Specifies the data displayed in a tooltip when the mouse hovers over a steel component. Click
the ellipsis in the value box next to SteelToolTipSetting to open the Tool Tip Data Selection
dialog box. Select the needed data to display, and click OK. The correct integer is then
displayed for those settings.
SyncOnStartUp
Default value: Turn Off Synchronize
Allowed values: Synchronize With Prompt, Synchronize Without Prompt, Synchronize With
Changes Review
Controls the synchronize option on opening a drawing with an external database:
Turn Off Synchronize
Turns off the synchronize option when a drawing is loaded into AutoCAD.
Synchronize With Prompt
Asks if the software should synchronize the drawing with the external database.
Synchronize Without Prompt
Synchronizes the drawing with the external database without prompting.
Synchronize With Changes Review
Enables you to review the changes made to the database and accept or reject the changes
as needed.
When you click Synchronize , values Turn Off Synchronize and Synchronize With
Prompt provide a prompt. Synchronize Without Prompt synchronizes without any prompts.
Synchronize With Changes Review displays the Synchronize Component dialog box where
you can decide which information you want to update to your drawing from the database.
TemplateDatabaseFile
Default value: Pipe.mdb
Allowed values: Valid Microsoft Access database file name
Specifies the database file that is used with a bill of material.
ToolTipSetting
Default value: 8405
Allowed values: Positive integer
Specifies the data displayed in a tooltip when the mouse hovers over a component. Click the
ellipsis next to ToolTipSetting in Configuration Settings to open the Tool Tip Data Selection
dialog box. Select the needed data to display, and click OK. The correct integer is then
displayed for those settings.
TopWorksSetting
Default value: 1
Allowed values: 0 through 4
Specifies the layers for top works component placement.
0
Top works are not added to the valve even if a top works file is set in the specification
file.
1
Top works are added to the valve. The top works solid is combined with the valve solid
to create one solid.
2
Top works are added to the valve. The top works solid is grouped with the valve solid
and center line. The top works solid is placed on the same layer as the valve solid.
3
Top works are added to the valve. The top works solid is grouped with the valve solid
and center line. The top works solid is placed on a layer set from the CADWorx layer
settings.
4
Top works are added to the valve. The top works solid is grouped with the valve solid
and center line. The top works solid id placed on a layer set from the CADWorx layer
settings. The layer name is derived by appending the valve layer name and the top
works layer name. For example, when the valve is on layer _150, and the top works
layer name is TOP, the top works solid is on layer _150TOP.
UseObjectsFromXrefs
Default value: Yes
Allowed values: No or Yes
Allows objects from Xrefs (external references) to be used during the selection process.
No
Objects from Xrefs are not used.
Yes
Objects from Xrefs are used for the current command.
WeldDotSize
Default value: 1.0
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the default weld dot size on single-line, butt-welded piping components.
WeldGapToDB
Default value: Yes
Allowed values: No or Yes
Sets automatic weld gaps to database on or off.
Yes
Weld gaps are shown in the Bill of Material schedule.
No
Weld gaps are not shown in the Bill of Material schedule.
CADWorx Plant specifications are delivered to the [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec folder. The
projects and catalogs are broken down into folders by their units of measure. CADWorx
P&ID also provides specifications delivered to the [Product Folder]\P&ID\Spec folder. If
Plant and P&ID are used together, you should select specifications from a single folder. For
more information, see SpecificationDirectory (on page 47).
The list of available sizes is controlled by [Product Folder]\Plant\System\SetSize.Tbl
(English/inches), SetSizeA.tbl (Metric/inches), and SetSizeM.tbl (Metric/mm).
Configuration Layers
Specifies drawing layers and the default names, line types, and colors of the layers. Default
layers are provided. You can add and delete layers.
The default layers are mandatory for use with Plant and cannot be deleted. See the tables
below.
Layer changes made in this dialog box affect the current drawing session similar to the
AutoCAD LAYER command.
The commands in this dialog box are inactive if the configuration settings permission is set
to read-only.
Layer Name
Specifies the layer name. The layer name can be anything that is allowed by AutoCAD. Wild
card characters and spaces are not allowed. Click Update to change the name.
New
Adds a new layer with a default name. New layers are created when the drawing is
initialized with Plant. Access this option by right-clicking in the layer name column.
Delete
Removes the selected layer from the list. You cannot delete default layers. Access this
option by right-clicking in the layer name column.
Linetype
Specifies the line type for the selected layer. Select a value in the Select Linetype dialog
box.
Line types are defined in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support\Cfm.lin and [AutoCAD
Product Folder]\UserDataCache\Support\acad.lin files.
Color
Displays the Select Color dialog box for selecting the color of the layer.
If the Cl and Cl_Steel layers are frozen or turned off, some CADWorx commands might
not function because data is stored on the centerline that is on these layers.
Piping Rules
Sets the piping rules for the drawing. These rules govern how the software affects the drawing
for each piece of pipe or component drawn. The options you select affect the responses you
receive from the system.
Include in CFG
Specifies the piping rule settings saved to the configuration file. Select the check box in the
main title to clear all or select all piping rules. Local user preferences control any settings
that you have not included in the configuration file.
When you save the configuration file, the software only saves the settings that you
have checked in the Include in CFG column.
Topics
Apply Size Rule .............................................................................. 56
Apply Specification Rule ................................................................ 56
Apply End Type Rule ..................................................................... 57
Apply Pipe Length Rule.................................................................. 57
Apply Weld Insertion Rule .............................................................. 57
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule........................................................... 58
Apply Bolt Insertion Rule ................................................................ 58
Apply Trimmed Elbow Rule ............................................................ 58
Apply Pipe Healing Rule ................................................................ 58
Apply Branch Table Rule ............................................................... 59
Apply Flange Insertion Rule ........................................................... 59
Apply Bolt Hole Orientation Rule ................................................... 59
Apply Pipe End Prep Rule.............................................................. 59
Apply Auto Coupling Rule .............................................................. 60
Apply Line Number Rule ................................................................ 60
Apply Change Data Rule................................................................ 61
Apply O-let Minimum Spacing Rule ............................................... 63
Center Line ..................................................................................... 63
Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle ................................................. 63
Variable Component Length Assignment ...................................... 64
Incompatible Component Actions .................................................. 64
Apply Size Rule
Default value: Show Options
Allowed values: No, Automatic, Show Options
Sets the system to check the size of components when components are inserted.
No
Does not check the size of components when components are inserted.
Automatic
Checks the size of components when components are inserted.
Show Options
Displays option prompts for inserting components based on the component being connected
to.
Apply Specification Rule
Default value: Show Options
Allowed values: No, Automatic, Show Options
Sets the system to check the specification of components when components are inserted.
No
Does not check the specification of components when components are inserted.
Automatic
Checks the specification of components when components are inserted.
Show Options
Displays option prompts for inserting components based on the component being connected
to.
Show Options
Displays option prompts to set or not set the pipe end prep.
The PipeDescriptionCat must be set to 1 through 6 and the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule
must be set to Automatic for the pipe end preparation descriptions to appear.
If the PipeDescriptionCat is set to 0 and the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule is set to
Automatic the pipe end preparation description is not set and does not display.
If the PipeDescriptionCat is set to 1 through 6 and the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule is set to
No the pipe end preparation description is not set and does not display.
If the PipeDescriptionCat is set to 1 through 6 and the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule is set to
Show Options you are only prompted to set the pipe end preparation when inserting single
pipe using the PIPW1 command. Selecting No does not set the pipe end preparation and
does not display a description. This is the case even with the PipeDescriptionCat set to 1
through 6. Selecting Yes displays the description unless the PipeDescriptionCat is set to 0.
For more information, see PipeDescriptionCat (on page 45).
Show Options
Displays option prompts for inheriting the line number on in-line components when
components are inserted.
Line Number System Setup Apply Line Number Rule Setting Effect
For more information about Line Number System setup, see Line Numbering System Dialog
Box (on page 185).
See Also
Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (on page 62)
Layer/color
Turns the layer and color update on or off. When you clear Layer/color, the software
updates the layer and color to the component and is considered on. When you select
Layer/color, the component in the model does not change its layer or its color when you
convert from the project data and is considered off. Use the LayerByLineNumber (on page
42) Configuration Setting to specify the layers for component updates during Change Size
or Change Spec.
Layer/color always updates when you use Change Size or Change Spec.
Topworks
Turns the topworks update on and off. When you clear Topworks, the software updates the
topworks in the model for the selected components. When you select Topworks, the
topworks in the model do not change when you convert from the project data.
Topworks always updates when you use Change Size or Change Spec.
Select / deselect all
Checks or clears all check boxes in the Apply Change Data Rule dialog box. This is useful
when you want to update everything or nothing.
Center Line
Default value: On
Allowed values: On, Off
Indicates whether the centerline of the components displays.
See Also
CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications dialog box (on page 65)
Match
Matches the selected specification in Available specifications in project to the
specification listed in Legacy specification used in model.
Auto Match
Automatically matches the specification used in the legacy model without selecting a
specification from the Available specifications in project box.
Backup current drawing
Creates a backup of the legacy drawing in the folder where the legacy drawing resides.
Use new spec data
Specifies whether CADWorx data is pulled from the project file or the legacy components
when a conversion is completed. When Use new spec data is selected, data is pulled from
the selected specification in Current Project.
Current Project
Specifies the current project from which the software converts the legacy drawings.
Browse
Enables you to select a current project.
OK
Accepts the settings and converts the model.
6. Select Backup current drawing to create a backup the drawing. This is the default option.
OR
Clear Backup current drawing so that a backup of the drawing is not created.
7. Select Use new spec data to use the spec data from the current project. This is the default
option.
OR
Clear Use new spec data to use the spec data from the legacy drawing.
8. Click OK.
The software converts the drawing into a 2013 components.
If you notice that a component does not convert to a smart component then the component
may not be listed in the specification that you have chosen.
The software alerts you with a message if you do not have any legacy data in the drawing.
You must convert an inch drawing to an inch specification and a metric drawing to a metric
specification.
Optional Items
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Optional Items
Setting toolbar: Specification Option Toggle
Plant menu: Accessory > Specifications > Optional Items
Command line: SPECOPTION
Places a component on the drawing when the component type in the specification has an
optional component (such as when a 300 lb. orifice flange is in the 150 lb. specification).
Click the command to toggle between two methods:
1. The command line message is:
All components will be dialoged...
When a component type is selected, all components of that component type appear in the
Optional component dialog box. For more information, see Optional Component Dialog
Box (on page 70).
2. The command line message is:
Specification dialog turned off...
When a component type is selected, the default component is selected for placement on the
drawing. The Optional component dialog box does not appear unless the component size
is out of the specification range or the component is not allowed by the specification. You
can then select a component in the range. For more information, see Optional Component
Dialog Box (on page 70).
Using SpecSizeOverride
When the SpecSizeOverride (on page 48) variable is off, sizes are restricted to the specification
range. If the selected size is not within the range, OK and Default are not available.
If SpecSizeOverride is on, the dialog box appears if the component size is not in the range. You
can then select the needed component even when it is out of range.
You can use the Spec Editor to change components to optional components. For
more information, see Spec Editor (on page 106).
Size
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Size
Setting toolbar: Size
Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > Size
Command line: COMP2SIZE
Specifies the main and reduction size by selecting a component with the needed sizes.
Reduction size is not set if it has not been set on the selected component. You can optionally
reverse the main and reduction sizes.
Spec
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Spec
Size-Spec
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Size-Spec
All
Setting toolbar: All
Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > All
Command line: COMP2ALL
Specifies the main size, reduction size, specification, and line number by selecting a component
with the needed values.
This option requires that you set the LineNumberSystem (on page 45) variable to 2. This is the
same as having the System On (Static Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering System
dialog box selected. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (on page
185).
Editor
Creates, views, and modifies specifications. For more information, see Spec Editor (on page
106).
Change Size
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Change Size
Command Line: CHANGESIZE
Changes the size of the selected components based on available sizes. Sizes are based on the
specification project you choose when initially setting up the drawing. This command has two
main functions Automatic or Manual.
Automatic
Automatically changes the entire component to the chosen size.
The Change Size command only changes the size of the line until it reaches a
reducer. The software provides two options to replace a reducer to match the size change.
The pipeline on the other side of the reducer maintains its size. The only way to change the
size of the pipeline on both sides of a reducer is to select the reducer itself.
Manual
Changes only the selected components to the chosen size.
When using the manual option, the software forces you to select reducers for
adjacent components that are not the same size. The manual option does not stop size
changes at any point based on another component. However, unless the line on the other
side of a reducer is selected it is not changed.
Large
Changes the large side of the component and anything attached to that side. This is only an
option when using Automatic.
Small
Changes the small side of the component and anything attached to that side. This is only an
option when using Automatic.
Both
Changes both sides of the component and anything attached to those sides. This is only an
option when using Automatic.
Change current component
Changes the component to match the size change.
add Reducing component
Displays a list of reducing components.
add Reducer at branch
Adds a reducer to a branch component. This option is available when changing the size of a
branch component.
BOP
Places the changed size piping at the bottom of pipe.
TOP
Places the changed size piping at the top of pipe.
Current
Places the changed size piping at the current location.
caNcel
Does not change the size and cancels out.
When you change size of a pipe attached to a pipe support, the pipe support also
changes size to coincide with the piping.
If prompted select, the BOP, TOP, or Current after selecting the piping to keep the position.
The software continues to prompt you for selection of a component until you press ENTER
to finish.
The entire drawing changes its size.
1. Click Change Size . Alternatively, type CHANGESIZE on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Type M for manual.
3. Select the components whose size you want to change, and press ENTER when finished.
4. Select a size from the list that appears.
The next prompt only displays if you have selected pipe lines that do not connect to
each other but have a component in-between. If you do not receive the following prompt
skip step 6 and continue.
1. Click Change Size . Alternatively, type CHANGESIZE on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Type M for manual.
3. Select one or more reducers and press ENTER.
If you select more than one you might not be prompted for the sides of the reducer.
This depends on the location of the chosen reducers.
4. If applicable, type Large, Small, or Both on the command line, and then press ENTER.
5. Select a size from the list. This list continues to show up for as many components as you
selected.
If a size is not available in the catalog for a component the process stops, forcing
you to start over.
6. Select a component to keep its position, or press ENTER to finish.
Until you press ENTER to finish the software continues to prompt you for selection of
a component.
The selected components change size.
If you change the size of a pipe on the small end of a reducer to the same size as the
pipe on the large end of the reducer, the software gives you the option to change the
component. If you do not change the component the process fails.
If you select the branch, the software prompts you for the size of the branch. The
prompts you receive are then determined on the size you select for the branch and the
main.
If you do not select the branch, the prompts are determined by the size you select for
the main.
Prompts vary depending on the options you choose.
For instance, large versus small pipe, selecting the branch or not selecting the branch,
using Change current component or add Reducer at branch, each choice produces
a different outcome. However, the software produces the same result of changing the
size of the tee component.
These options were designed so that you could change the tee as needed for any
scenario. For more information, see Change Size (on page 72).
6. Follow the prompts to select the best option for your model.
In most instances the following prompt displays.
The software displays the following prompt when a line is not going to change size
and requires a reducer. This happens when you select a tee and you do not select the lines
next to the tee. This can also happen when you select a tee and you do not select the
branch line of the tee. The software prompts for a reducer for any line that does not require
a size change.
If the software displays the prompt The model cannot change size, then there is an issue
with the model components. For instance, this can happen if you select a tee and the line
requires a reducer be inserted, but the pipe next to the tee is too short for the software to
accommodate the reducer. If this happens, check the lengths of the piping and make sure
there is room to accommodate the added components, and then run Change Size again.
If you select a single component and change to a small size, the software takes you
immediately to Step 7.
It is possible to receive the following prompt when changing the size of a tee. The software
provides a list of available components to change to if the size of the reducing tee does not
exist or if a component change is needed.
1. Click Change Size . Alternatively, type CHANGESIZE on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Type M for manual.
3. Select a line with a tee component to change, and then press ENTER.
4. Select a size from the list that appears.
If you select more than one component and a small size, the software prompts you to
select the sizes for each component. When you finish, the reducer prompt displays. If you
select more than one component and a large size, the software prompts you with Change
current component and add Reducer at branch. The prompts following your selections
depend on the other components you select.
5. Follow the prompts to select the best option for your model.
In most instances the following prompt displays.
The software displays the following prompt when a line is not going to change size
and requires a reducer. This happens, when you select a tee and you do not select the lines
next to the tee. This can also happen, when you select a tee and you do not select the
branch line of the tee. The software prompts for a reducer for any line that does not require
a size change.
If the software displays the prompt The model cannot change size, then there is an issue
with the model components. For instance, this can happen if you select a tee and the line
requires a reducer to be inserted. However, the pipe next to the tee is too short for the
software to accommodate the reducer. If this happens, check the lengths of the piping and
make sure there is room to accommodate the added components, and then run Change
Size again.
If you select a single tee and change to a small size, the software takes you immediately to
step 6.
It is possible to receive the following prompt when changing the size of a tee. The software
provides a list of available components if the size of the reducing tee does not exist or if a
component change is needed.
Change Specification
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Change Spec
Command Line: CHANGESPEC
Changes the specification of the selected components. The software determines the change
specification based on the size and type of the selected component. The Change Spec
command has two modes either Automatic or Manual.
Automatic
Changes all the components on the selected line to the chosen specification automatically,
depending on the following conditions.
The Automatic option only changes the specification assigned to the system
until it reaches another specification.
If there is only one matching default component in the chosen specification, the software
chooses the default component.
If there are multiple default components matching the component in the chosen
specification, the software provides a list of all the default components.
If there is only one optional component matching the component in the chosen
specification and no matching default components, the software selects the optional
component.
If there are multiple matching optional components in the chosen specification and no
matching default components, the software displays a list of optional components for
you to choose. When the list displays, the component highlights in the drawing.
If there are default and optional components of the same type, you must use the
Manual option to select an optional component.
Manual
Changes only the selected components to the chosen specification. If there is only one
matching component in the chosen specification, the software selects the default. If there is
only one optional component in the chosen specification and no default component, the
software selects the optional component. If there is more than one matching component in
the chosen specification, the software provides you a list of the components. The software
changes any component you select to the component information you select from the list.
When the list displays, the component highlights in the drawing.
Local Edit
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Local Edit
Setting toolbar: Component Edit
Plant menu: Utility > Component Edit > Local Edit
Command line: CEDIT
Modifies the properties of an existing component on the drawing. This command displays the
Component Edit dialog box.
Specification
Displays the specification used by the component.
The bolt length, and bolt diameter numbers display in the Code box when the
BOLT_DIAMETER_PTN, and BOLT_LENGTH_PTN schemas are set in the Part Number
Format description dialog box in the Specification Editor. For more information, see
Description Format Dialog Box, How to display the bolt length part number in CADWorx
Plant, and How to display the bolt diameter part number in CADWorx Plant in the CADWorx
Spec Editor Users Guide.
Offshore
Specifies an offshore type of bill of material item.
Misc
Specifies a miscellaneous type of bill of material item.
The selected item type appears on the bill of materials when the FLAG column is added
using Pipe BOM / DB > Setup . For Isogen, you must also sort by the FLAG column to
group by type. For more information, see Bill of Material Setup (on page 193) and BOM Sort
Order / Accumulation Dialog Box (on page 196).
If Misc is selected when using Isogen, then Isogen treats the weld gap as a field-fit weld.
Use Isogen Option Switch 22 to increase the cut piece add-on allowances for field-fit welds.
OK
Saves modifications and closes the dialog box.
Cancel
Cancels the operation without saving modifications, and closes the dialog box.
Isogen
Specifies data for the component in an Isogen drawing. Opens the Isogen Data dialog box.
Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page 89)
Custom Data
Specifies custom data created in the Specification Editor and enables you to edit the value.
This data can be isolated in the Line View palette.
For more information on creating custom data, see New Field Dialog Box in the CADWorx
Spec Editor Users Guide.
Click the link for more information on the Component Custom Data Dialog Box (on page 94).
Remove
Removes CADWorx database attributes from a component, converting it to generic
AutoCAD geometry.
Many commands in CADWorx use xdata in the components and do not function if the
data is removed.
Pipe Support Assembly Edit Dialog Box
Specifies properties for a pipe support assembly.
Assembly Part List
Displays the assembly and the parts contained within that assembly. If you select a part in
the Assembly Part List, you can edit the Parameters, the BOM, the Description, the
Connections, and the Point location of the selected part. For more information, see Parts
Edit below.
Group Name
Specifies the name of the selected pipe support group.
Name
Specifies the pipe support name.
Alpha size
Specifies a size-only description of the pipe support.
Long
Specifies a long description of the pipe support.
Short
Specifies a short description of the pipe support.
Line number
Specifies the line number of the pipe support.
Tag
Specifies a tag for the pipe support.
Part number
Specifies the part number for the pipe support.
Weight
Specifies the weight per unit of a pipe support.
Length
Specifies a length for the pipe support.
Notes
Specifies notes for the pipe support
The bolt length, and bolt diameter numbers display in the Code box when the
BOLT_DIAMETER_PTN, and BOLT_LENGTH_PTN schemas are set in the Part Number
Format description dialog box in the Specification Editor. For more information, see
Description Format Dialog Box, How to display the bolt length part number in CADWorx
Plant, and How to display the bolt diameter part number in CADWorx Plant in the CADWorx
Spec Editor Users Guide.
BOM
Sort
Specifies the sort sequence of the component in the bill of material.
Type
Specifies the bill of material type.
Fabrication
Specifies a fabrication type of bill of material item.
Erection
Specifies an erection type of bill of material item.
Offshore
Specifies an offshore type of bill of material item.
Misc
Specifies a miscellaneous type of bill of material item.
Miscellaneous
Existing
Specifies that the component is not included in the bill of material. The component symbol is
also moved to the Exist layer. In Isogen isometric drawings, the pipe support is shown as
dotted and dimensioned.
CAESAR II Type
Specifies that this component either has CAESAR II pipe stress analysis information or
insulation attached.
Coordinates
World
Calculates pipe length based on the pipe component centerline. This option only affects
pipe, nipple, flanged pipe, and tubing components. It does not affect fixed-size components
such as elbows or flanges. If a pipe component is stretched, trimmed, or broken, the
positions of the components are automatically updated along with the pipe length.
Iso
Specifies the value of Length as the pipe length. The length does not change the drawing
graphics, but appears in the bill of material. For more information, see ISO Flag (on page
261).
The selected item type appears on the bill of materials when the FLAG column is added
using Pipe BOM / DB > Setup . For Isogen, you must also sort by the FLAG column to
group by type. For more information, see Bill of Material Setup (on page 193) and BOM Sort
Order / Accumulation Dialog Box (on page 196).
If Misc is selected when using Isogen, then Isogen treats the weld gap as a field-fit weld.
Use Isogen Option Switch 22 to increase the cut piece add-on allowances for field-fit welds.
Isogen
Specifies data for the component in an Isogen drawing. Opens the Isogen Data dialog box.
Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page 89)
Custom Data
Specifies custom data created in the Specification Editor and enables you to edit the value.
You can isolated this data in the Line View palette.
For more information on creating custom data, see New Field Dialog Box in the CADWorx
Spec Editor Users Guide.
Click the link for more information on the Component Custom Data Dialog Box (on page 94).
Remove
Removes CADWorx database attributes from a component, converting it to generic
AutoCAD geometry.
OK
Saves modifications and closes the dialog box.
Cancel
Cancels the operation without saving modifications, and closes the dialog box.
Many commands in CADWorx use xdata in the components and do not function if
you remove the xdata.
Parts Edit
Controls parameters for editing pipe support components.
Parameter
Size
Specifies the size of the pipe support component.
Data Table
Allows you to view the data table and change the size of the pipe support
component. For descriptions of the information contained within the Pipe Support
Data dialog box, see PipeSupport in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
Cascade size selection
Specifies that any size change you make in the Pipe Support Data size selection
dialog box updates the Size to all parts of the assembly. If you do not want to
update all sizes when you make a change, clear the Cascade size selection check
box.
BOM
Sort
Locates a pipe support part item in the bill of material schedule. Type the needed value.
Type 0 to place the item first in the schedule. Type 999 to place the item last. If the
same sort numbers are used for different components, they are placed in alphabetical
order.
Type
Specifies the type of bill of material item. Select Fabrication, Erection, Offshore, or
Misc.
Properties
Long
Describes the pipe support part. This description is used in the bill of materials.
Short
Specifies the abbreviated description for the pipe support part.
Tag
Specifies an optional tag description for the pipe support part.
Part Number
Specifies the part number information of the pipe support part.
Notes
Specifies any notes attached to the pipe support part.
Weight
Specifies the weight per unit of a pipe support component.
Length
Specifies a length for the pipe support component.
Width
Specifies the width of the pipe support component.
You can double-click a component or a pipe support to open the Component Edit dialog
box or the Pipe Support Assembly Edit dialog box.
Modify a component
1. Click Local Edit .
2. In the drawing, select a component.
The Component Edit dialog box appears.
3. Modify properties as needed.
4. Click OK.
Symbol Information
Identifier
Specifies the identifier used by Isogen for the component. For more information, see
SKEY Information.
Overwrite
Overwrites the default value of Isogen Identifier used by CADWorx and uses the value
specified in Identifier.
SKEY
Specifies the SKEY used by Isogen for the component. For more information, see SKEY
Information.
Overwrite
Overwrites the default value of Isogen SKEY used by CADWorx and uses the value
specified in SKEY.
Message
Specifies the message displayed with the component on the isometric drawing.
Type
Specifies the type of graphic enclosing the message.
Message Types
Type Graphic
Square
Pointed
Round
Circle
Triangle
Diamond
Double Circle
Ellipse
Text
Specifies the message text.
Spindle / Flat / Support Direction
Specifies a valve spindle direction, an eccentric reducer flat direction, or support direction.
Direction
Specifies the direction. Select North, South, East, West, Up, or Down.
Mark
Specifies a text message with details on the direction.
Isogen option switch 80 (dimension to valve centers) is only available if the valve has a
spindle direction set.
Flow Arrow
Specifies how flow arrows are displayed for valves.
As drawn
Displays the flow arrow in the direction that the pipe was drawn.
Opposite
Displays the flow arrow in the opposite direction.
View
Displays a preview of the flow arrow on the drawing.
Isogen option switch 17 controls the display of flow arrows.
Miter Pipe Export Options
Specifies how miter pipe is exported to Isogen.
Pipe with Welds
Exports each straight pipe run in the component as a linear pipe piece with mitered
ends and welded connections.
Pipe with Welds Example
Bend
Exports all pipe segments in the component as a single miter bend.
Other
Spool
Specifies the spool identification. This value overrides the default spool value created by
Isogen. Type the required alpha or numeric character.
Sketch
Specifies a .dwg detailed sketch to display with the isometric drawing. For more
information on detailed sketches, see the Isogen Configuration User's Guide.
Dim Status
Specifies the dimensioning of individual components. Select Default, Dimensioned,
Dotted Dimensioned, or Dotted Undimensioned.
Sheet #
Specifies the sheet number of an Isogen drawing. Type the required alpha or numeric
character.
Mark
Specifies the mark number for a component. Type the required alpha or numeric
character.
Default
CL Clamped Male
CP Compression Female
FA Flared Male
FL Flanged Unspecified
GF Gland Female
GL Glued Female
SC Screwed Female
View
Displays a red arrow at the selected end on the drawing.
Male, Female, Unspecified, or None
Specifies the end condition of the selected condition type. These options are only
available when the end condition of the connection type can be changed. For example,
SC, SW, CP, GL, and PF allow either male or female end conditions. Unspecified is
used for welded and flanged end conditions.
Reference Dimensions
Specifies dimension to use as reference for the component.
On
Turns on reference dimensions.
Primary
Defines reference dimensions relative to the primary axes of the model.
Skewed
Defines reference dimension relative to the defined reference points.
Pick points
Allows you to select reference points in the drawing.
View
Displays the reference points in the drawing.
Message
Specifies text for the reference dimensions.
SKEY
Specifies the SKEY used by Isogen for the reference dimensions. For more information,
see SKEY Information.
Start Point
Displays X, Y, and Z coordinates for the start point. You can only edit Start Point when
editing user shapes.
Reference Point 1
Displays X, Y, and Z coordinates for the first reference point.
Reference Point 2
Displays X, Y, and Z coordinates for the second reference point.
Component Custom Data Dialog Box
Specifies the Custom Data available in the current specification for the selected component.
The custom data information comes from any user-defined field created using the Custom Data
option in the Specification Editor for that component. For more information on creating custom
data, see New Field Dialog Box in the CADWorx Spec Editor User Guide.
Field Title
Specifies the title of the field that you entered when creating the custom data in the
Specification Editor.
Field Description
Specifies the description you entered when creating the custom data in the Specification
Editor.
Field Value
Specifies the value you entered in the custom data in the Specification Editor. You can edit
this box for the four types of data: Integer, Real, Text, and List. These types must be set up
when the custom data is created.
Global Edit
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Global Edit
Setting toolbar: Global Component Edit
Plant menu: Utility > Component Edit > Global Edit
Command line: GCEDIT
Modifies the properties of multiple components. This command displays the Global CEdit dialog
box.
Global CEdit Dialog Box
Specifies properties for multiple components.
Each property initially shows no value. Any value modified for a property is changed for all
selected components. Properties that are not modified are not changed in the selected
components.
Alpha size
Specifies a size-only description of the component.
Short annotation
Specifies a short description of the component.
Long annotation
Specifies a long description of the component.
Line number
Specifies the line number of the component.
Tag
Specifies a tag for the component.
Code
Specifies a code for the component.
Weight
Specifies the weight per unit of a pipe component.
Sort sequence
Specifies the sort sequence of the component in the bill of material.
Coordinates
World
Calculates pipe length based on the pipe component centerline. This option only affects
pipe, nipple, flanged pipe, and tubing components. It does not affect fixed-size components
such as elbows or flanges. If a pipe component is stretched, trimmed, or broken, the
positions of the components are automatically updated along with the pipe length.
Iso
Specifies the value of Length as the pipe length. The length does not change the drawing
graphics, but appears in the bill of material. For more information, see ISO Flag (on page
261).
Miscellaneous
Existing
Specifies that the component is not included in the bill of material. The component symbol is
also moved to the Exist layer. In Isogen isometric drawings, the component is shown as
dotted and dimensioned.
Insulation or CAESAR II
Specifies that this component either has CAESAR II pipe stress analysis information or
insulation attached.
BOM Item Type
Fabrication
Specifies a fabrication type of bill of material item.
Erection
Specifies an erection type of bill of material item.
Offshore
Specifies an offshore type of bill of material item.
Misc
Specifies a miscellaneous type of bill of material item.
OK
Saves modifications and closes the dialog box.
Cancel
Cancels the operation without saving modifications, and closes the dialog box.
Custom Data
Specifies custom data created in the Specification Editor and enables you to edit the value.
This data can be isolated in the Line View palette.
For more information on creating custom data, see New Field Dialog Box in the CADWorx
Spec Editor Users Guide.
Click the link for more information on the Custom Data Dialog Box (on page 97).
Remove
Removes CADWorx database attributes from the selected components, converting them to
generic AutoCAD geometry.
Mode Convert
Mode convert commands change a piping component from one mode to another mode. The
existing component is deleted and replaced with a component in the new mode.
Many possibilities exist, such as:
2D double line to 3D solids
3D solids to 2D double line
2D single line to 2D double line
2D double line, flat to 2D double line, north
Converting to different planes
Rebuilding an existing component in the same mode or plane
The specification layer name determines the layer to delete and replace. This layer name is
prepended with an underscore, such as _150. Objects on other layers (without an underscore in
their names) are not changed.
You can convert from one plane to another by changing planes and converting the component
mode.
Example
The following tee was drawn once, copied to three other locations, then converted to different
planes.
Topics
Convert a component to a different mode ..................................... 99
3D Solids ....................................................................................... 99
Convert Isometric........................................................................... 99
2D Double Line .............................................................................. 99
2D Single Line ............................................................................... 99
Convert Existing............................................................................. 100
Convert to 3D enhanced ................................................................ 100
Convert from project data .............................................................. 100
Convert Intersected Piping ............................................................ 101
CWexplode .................................................................................... 101
3D Solids
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > 3D Solids
Convert Isometric
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Convert Isometric
2D Double Line
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > 2D Double Line
Setting toolbar: Double Line
Plant menu: Accessory > Mode Convert > 2D Double Line
Command line: CONVERTDOUBLE
Converts selected components to 2D double line mode.
2D Single Line
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > 2D Single Line
Convert Existing
Command line: CONVERTEXISTING
Stops external data (xdata) from appearing in the bill of material or removes xdata from the
components. After xdata is prevented or removed, the component is moved to the EXIST layer.
You can also execute this command in Global Edit or Local Edit . For more
information, see Global Edit (on page 95) and Local Edit (on page 82).
If you use the CONVERTEXISTING command and you select Yes, you cannot change
the components back. To change components in the existing layer, back and forth, you must
select No when using this command.
1. Type CONVERTEXISTING on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Select Yes to remove all data from the components.
OR
Select No to not remove all data.
You can also do this in the Global Edit or Local Edit dialog boxes.
3. To convert all objects on the drawings, select All objects.
OR
To convert a specific component, select Components only.
4. Press ENTER to finish.
The components selected are converted.
Convert to 3D enhanced
Command line: CONVERTENHANCED
Converts the selected components to 3D enhanced mode.
1. Type CONVERTENHANCED on the command line, and the press ENTER.
2. Select the components you want to convert to 3D enhanced mode, and then press ENTER.
The components convert to 3D enhanced.
CWexplode
Command line: CWEXPLODE
Changes the CADWorx component to an AutoCAD 3D solid with xdata included.
1. Type CWEXPLODE on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Type S on the command line or E to select the entire drawing, and then press ENTER.
3. Select the component you want to change, and then press ENTER.
Step 3 does not apply if you selected the Entire Drawing option.
The components are converted to AutoCAD 3D solids with xdata included.
Socket Weld
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Socket Weld
Threaded
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Threaded
Settings
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Settings
Most of these settings are changed using Setup . For more information, see Setup (on
page 27).
XREF Edit
Plant menu: Utility > Component Edit > Xref Edit
Command line: XCEDIT
Palettes Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette
Insulation View - Creates a data file in which you can add, INSULATIONVIEW
modify, and remove insulation configurations that can be
applied to CADWorx components. For more information,
see Insulation View Palette (on page 139).
P&ID View - Links data between the Plant and P&ID table PIDVIEW
in a project database. For more information, see P&ID View
Palette (on page 148).
Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) (on page 104)
Custom Data Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) (on page 108)
Help
Displays the help file.
Main
Specifies the main size of the component.
Reduction
Specifies the reduction size of the component.
Specification
Specifies the specification associated with the component. The list is based on the
SpecificationDirectory (on page 47) in the current configuration settings.
Line Numbering System
Specifies the line numbering format. This can be changed using Line Numbering Setup
.
Components List
Lists the components that can be inserted into the drawing based on the Specification,
Main, and Reduction.
If you draw a valve with multiple ratings in CADWorx Plant and then attach a flange, the
software prompts you when the flange and the valve rating do not match. You can select Yes to
override and insert the flange. Optionally, select No, and then insert a flange with a matching
rating.
Spec Editor
CADWorx Plant I Tab: Setup and Size/Spec Panel > Editor
Spec View Palette > Start Spec Editor
Command Line: SPECEDIT
Modifies the delivered specifications and creates new specifications.
Spec Editor can also be used as standalone software and can be copied to any
computer. It does not require a hardware lock (ESL) or a license manager.
CADWorxSpecEditor.exe is located in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec Editor folder.
When opening the Spec Editor from CADWorx, the software loads the specification that you
have specified in Plant. If you want to open a different specification, then select the specific spec
in Project Data.
The Spec Editor stores all the components delivered with CADWorx. If you want to
add a size for a component, you must first add it in the Data Table and the EndType Table in
the Specification Editor. You cannot use a component size that has not been added to the
catalog for the specification. CADWorx uses the SpecificationDefaultProject (on page 48) to
locate the project file and access the components.
Optional components can be manipulated and created in the spec editor.
For more information, see the CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide delivered with CADWorx.
Color Options
Main Size component
Specifies the color associated with main size components.
Main Size optional component
Specifies the color associated with main size optional components.
Reducing Size component
Specifies the color associated with reducing size components.
Reducing Size optional component
Specifies the color associated with reducing size optional components.
Level 1 category
Specifies the color associated with level 1 category components.
Level 2 category
Specifies the color associated with level 2 category components.
Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) (on page 109)
If components have been hidden using the Line Isolate tab, those components are not
listed in the Find tab.
For isolation of multiple field selections in the list of the Line View palette, the following logic
is being applied:
OR within the same column.
AND within the same row.
AND between different columns.
Refresh List
Refreshes the line number list in the palette. Use this option if new line numbers do not
appear in the list.
Invert Isolation
Isolates the reverse of the selected item in the list.
Line number
Type line number text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the associated
text displays.
Short annotation
Type short annotation text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the
associated text displays.
Long annotation
Type long annotation text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the
associated text displays.
Id Count
Type ID count text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the associated text
displays.
Right-Click Menu
Zoom
Zooms the current model space view to the component. Double clicking in the list of
components also zooms to the component. Zoom does not work with XREFs that have
been inserted into the base drawing with a rotation.
CEdit
Displays the appropriate Component Edit dialog box. CEdit on an XREF component does
not allow any changes to the component descriptions.
Refresh
Refreshes the list in the dialog box. Use this option if new components do not appear in the
list.
New
Enables you to create a new Isolation Setting to manage an isolation group.
Click New, type a name in the New Name dialog box, and then click OK.
Delete
Enables you to delete an Isolation Setting.
Rename
Enables you to rename an Isolation Setting.
Select a List Name, click Rename.
The Rename dialog box displays.
Type a new name, and then click OK.
OK
Enables you to isolate a selected item from Selected Items.
Select an item, and then click OK.
Save
Saves the new Isolation Setting you created for the management of this isolation.
Save As
Enables you to save an isolation setting file.
Select / deselect all
Enables you to select or clear all items in Selected Items.
You must have both the Pipe Support Library in a project and the PipeSupport category
in a catalog to be able to insert pipe supports. For more information, see Pipe Support
Library and PipeSupport in the CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide.
Enhanced pipe supports are not compatible with versions of CADWorx Plant earlier than
Version 2016 (16.0). To view the enhanced pipe supports in supported Autodesk Vertical
Products, you must install the latest object enablers.
Setup
Displays the Set Specification & Size dialog box. For more information, see Set
Specification and Size (on page 52).
Edit Parts
Enables you to edit parts of a pipe support assembly, and displays the Edit Parts pane in
the CADWorx Pipe Support View. For more information, see Edit Parts (on page 120)
Delete Selected Part
Enables you to delete a selected assembly.
Properties
Enables you to specify a group name, a name, and the size ranges for the new pipe support
assembly. Click + to expand and view these options.
Group Name
Specifies the group name for the new pipe support assembly. This name displays in the
CADWorx Support Modeler palette.
Name
Specifies the name of the pipe support assembly. This name displays under the group
name in the CADWorx Support Modeler palette.
Size Range
Specifies the sizes for the new pipe support assembly.
CAESAR II Type
Specifies the restraint type of the support for use in CAESAR II pipe stress analysis.
Insulation Options
Enables you to select insulation options for the new pipe support assembly. Click + plus to
expand and view these options.
Increase support size if component is insulated
Automatically selects a larger size support component based on the insulation
thickness. For example, a six-inch nominal size pipe (6.625 inch actual OD) has four-
inch thick insulation (14.625 inch OD). This makes the total pipe diameter 6.625 inch
actual OD plus 8 inch insulation OD. The software determines the support by looking it
up in the data file.
Use next larger size if exact size is not available
Specifies that if the calculated support is not available in the data file, the next larger
size support is selected.
BOM
Enables you to set the bill of material sort, type, and CAESAR II Type for the new pipe support
assembly you create. You can use the plus to expand and view these options.
Sort
Locates a component item in the bill of material schedule. Type the needed value. Type
0 to place the item first in the schedule. Type 999 to place the item last. If the same sort
numbers are used for different components, they are placed in alphabetical order.
Type
Specifies the bill of material type. Select Fabrication, Erection, Offshore, or Misc.
Isogen
Enables you to set the Isogen details for the new pipe support assembly you create. You can
use the plus to expand and view these options.
Identifier
Specifies the identifier value Isogen uses for an isometric drawing. For more
information, see SKEY Information.
SKEY
Specifies the SKEY value Isogen uses for an isometric drawing. If you do not specify an
SKEY value, then CADWorx uses the default Isogen Support symbol during Isometric
Drawing generation. For more information, see SKEY Information.
Message Type
Specifies the format of text displayed with the support.
Message Text
Specifies text displayed with the support.
Detail Sketch
Specifies a .DWG AutoCAD file containing details about the support. Select the file from
the Select detail sketch file dialog box.
Description
Long
Describes the pipe support assembly. The bill of materials uses this description. Click …
to edit the description format.
Short
Specifies the abbreviated description for the pipe support assembly. Click … to edit the
description format.
Tag
Specifies an optional tag description for the pipe support assembly. Click … to edit the
description format.
Part Number
Specifies the part number information of the pipe support assembly. Click … to edit the
description format.
For more information on assembly description formats, see Pipe Support Long,
Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users
Guide.
Notes
Specifies any notes attached to the pipe support assembly.
Save to Library
Saves to the library displayed in Libraries and Assembly Data.
Save to Model
Saves to the current model only.
Edit Assembly
Controls parameters for editing assemblies already in the .psl file.
Add Parts
Enables you to add parts for the new pipe support assembly, and displays the Add Parts
pane in the CADWorx Pipe Support View. For more information, see Add Parts (on page
119).
Edit Parts
Enables you to edit parts of a pipe support assembly, and displays the Edit Parts pane in
the CADWorx Pipe Support View. For more information, see Edit Parts (on page 120)
Delete Selected Part
Enables you to delete a selected assembly.
View Part Data Table
Displays the data table for the selected part. For information on each property, see
PipeSupport in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
Parts
Displays the support components that you can use to make an assembly.
Properties
Enables you to specify a group name, a name, and the size ranges for the new pipe support
assembly. Click + to expand and view these options.
Group Name
Specifies the group name for the new pipe support assembly. This name displays in the
CADWorx Support Modeler palette.
Name
Specifies the name of the pipe support assembly. This name displays under the group
name in the CADWorx Support Modeler palette.
Size Range
Specifies the sizes for the new pipe support assembly.
CAESAR II Type
Specifies the restraint type of the support for use in CAESAR II pipe stress analysis.
Insulation Options
Enables you to select insulation options for the new pipe support assembly. Click + plus to
expand and view these options.
Increase support size if component is insulated
Automatically selects a larger size support component based on the insulation
thickness. For example, a six-inch nominal size pipe (6.625 inch actual OD) has four-
inch thick insulation (14.625 inch OD). This makes the total pipe diameter 6.625 inch
actual OD plus 8 inch insulation OD. The software determines the support by looking it
up in the data file.
Use next larger size if exact size is not available
Specifies that if the calculated support is not available in the data file, the next larger
size support is selected.
BOM
Enables you to set the bill of material sort, type, and CAESAR II Type for the new pipe support
assembly you create. You can use the plus to expand and view these options.
Sort
Locates a component item in the bill of material schedule. Type the needed value. Type
0 to place the item first in the schedule. Type 999 to place the item last. If the same sort
numbers are used for different components, they are placed in alphabetical order.
Type
Specifies the bill of material type. Select Fabrication, Erection, Offshore, or Misc.
Isogen
Enables you to set the Isogen details for the new pipe support assembly you create. You can
use the plus to expand and view these options.
Identifier
Specifies the identifier value Isogen uses for an isometric drawing. For more
information, see SKEY Information.
SKEY
Specifies the SKEY value Isogen uses for an isometric drawing. If you do not specify an
SKEY value, then CADWorx uses the default Isogen Support symbol during Isometric
Drawing generation. For more information, see SKEY Information.
Message Type
Specifies the format of text displayed with the support.
Message Text
Specifies text displayed with the support.
Detail Sketch
Specifies a .DWG AutoCAD file containing details about the support. Select the file from
the Select detail sketch file dialog box.
Description
Long
Describes the pipe support assembly. The bill of materials uses this description. Click …
to edit the description format.
Short
Specifies the abbreviated description for the pipe support assembly. Click … to edit the
description format.
Tag
Specifies an optional tag description for the pipe support assembly. Click … to edit the
description format.
Part Number
Specifies the part number information of the pipe support assembly. Click … to edit the
description format.
For more information on assembly description formats, see Pipe Support Long,
Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users
Guide.
Notes
Specifies any notes attached to the pipe support assembly.
Save to Library
Saves to the library displayed in Libraries and Assembly Data.
Save to Model
Saves to the current model only.
Add Parts
Adds parts to a new pipe support assembly.
Library and Assembly Data
Specifies the parts contained in the library and assembly data.
Edit Parts
Click to edit parts in the Edit Parts pane.
Plate Length
Specifies the length of the plate. You can type the length or click Select plate profile from
entities to use the data from the project.
Plate Width
Specifies the width of the plate on the steel. You can type the width or click Select plate
profile from entities to use the data from the project.
Select plate profile from entities
Specifies the properties of the plate from the data in the project.
Add
Adds the part to your pipe support in the drawing.
Close
Returns to the Create New Assembly pane.
Edit Parts
Enables you to edit parts added to an assembly.
Add Parts
Enables you to add parts for the new pipe support assembly, and displays the Add Parts
pane in the CADWorx Pipe Support View. For more information, see Add Parts (on page
119).
Properties
Enables you to edit properties for the pipe support part in your drawing. Click + to expand and
view these options.
Long
Describes the pipe support component. The bill of materials uses this description. Click
… to edit the description format.
Short
Specifies the abbreviated description for the pipe support component. Click … to edit
the description format.
Tag
Specifies an optional tag description for the pipe support component. Click … to edit the
description format.
Part Number
Specifies the part number information of the pipe support component. Click … to edit
the description format.
For more information on component description formats, see Pipe Support Long,
Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users
Guide.
Notes
Specifies any notes attached to the pipe support component.
BOM Sort
Locates a component item in the bill of material schedule. Type the needed value. Type
0 to place the item first in the schedule. Type 999 to place the item last. If the same sort
numbers are used for different components, they are placed in alphabetical order.
BOM Type
Specifies the bill of material type. Select Fabrication, Erection, Offshore, or Misc.
Length
Specifies the length of the pipe support part.
Plate Length
Specifies the length of the plate on the steel.
Plate Width
Specifies the width of the plate on the steel.
Connections
Specifies the connections for the assembly.
Add Connection
Adds a connection point to the Connection list.
Remove Connection
Removes a connection point from the Connection list
Connection List
Displays the connections on the pipe support component. Select a connection to
change the Attach Type, and the Connect To options.
Attach To
Specifies whether the connection of the part attaches to another pipe support part
(Other), a Pipe, or a Steel component.
Other
Specifies that the selected connection attaches to another pipe support part. For
more information on how Alignment and Direction work in the Other option, see
the examples below:
Other Connection Example 1
Pipe
Specifies that the selected connection attaches to a piece of pipe. For more
information on how Alignment and Direction work in the Pipe option, see the
examples below:
When you select Pipe with the Offset to outside diameter of pipe option, the pipe
support part sets perpendicular to the diameter of the pipe.
Perpendicular to Pipe Outside Diameter
When you select Pipe without Offset to outside diameter of pipe option, the pipe
support part sets perpendicular to the centerline of the pipe.
Perpendicular to Pipe Centerline Example 1
Steel
Specifies that the selected connection attaches to a steel component. For more
information on how Alignment and Direction work in the Steel option, see the
example below:
Steel Example
When you use the Steel connection type, the direction vector detects the
steel, and the software does not use the alignment vector.
Connect To
Specifies the connection point to which to attach the pipe support component. This
option becomes available when you select Other in the Attach to list. If you select
None, the currently selected pipe support for that selected connection does not have a
connecting component.
Offset to outside diameter of pipe
When you check this box, the component connects to the outside diameter of the pipe.
When you clear this box, the component connects on the centerline of the pipe. You can
only use this option when you select Pipe in the Attach To list.
Connection Point
X
Specifies the x direction of the connection point.
Y
Specifies the y direction of the connection point.
Z
Specifies the z direction of the connection point.
Direction
Specifies the direction coordinates of the connection point, such as 0,0,0.
Alignment
Specifies the alignment coordinates of the connection point, such as 1,0,0.
Specify On-screen
Enables you to edit the connection point in the drawing.
9. Select a pipe support assembly from the Parts list, and then click Add.
OR
Select a part from the Parts list, and then click Add.
These two options depend on whether you select a library file or a component type.
The software displays one of the following responses after you click Add:
If you clicked Add to add an assembly, the software prompts you with the Pipe Support
Data dialog box. You need to enter the pertinent data, and then click OK. If this dialog box
does not display, the software prompts you for the direction of the assembly.
If you clicked Add to add a part, the part displays in the drawing.
10. If, necessary, repeat steps 8 and 9 to continue adding parts or assemblies to the new pipe
support assembly.
If you add multiple parts to an assembly, the software displays prompts related to placing
those parts.
11. Click Close to return to the Create New Assembly pane.
12. Click Save to Library or Save to Model.
If you need to edit data on a part, click Edit Parts.
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 37).
Manual placement
Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The software adds a
rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag location. You
must continue specifying locations until the last component’s tag has been placed.
Automatic placement
Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space, CADWorx places the
tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this prompt does not
appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see BomTagOptimize (on page
37).
The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 36) variable in
the Configuration Settings.
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 37).
The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 36) variable in
the Configuration Settings.
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 37).
4. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
5. Select Line Number or Select components.
6. Select the pipe components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
7. Specify the tag location for each component you selected.
The BOM generates.
1. Set a specification. For more information, see Set Specification & Size Dialog Box (on page
53).
The pipe support list populates with the pipe support information from the specification.
2. If needed, change the size of a pipe support using Main Size.
3. Select an Assembly or use the default.
4. Select an elbow support from the list.
5. Select the elbow from the model.
6. Specify the end point, the rotation around the pipe, and the length of the support.
OR
The Pipe Support Data dialog box displays. This dialog box only displays when optional
items are available.
Specify the data for the pipe support, and then click OK.
7. Specify an insertion point and rotation around the pipe.
The software places the pipe support in the model.
The grip point at the end of the pipe support enables you to rotate and change the length
of the rod of the pipe support.
The grip point at the top of the pipe support where it connects to the piping, enables you
to move the pipe support along the pipe. The pipe support cannot move around corners,
such as elbows or tees.
If prompted select, the BOP, TOP, or Current after selecting the piping to keep the position.
The software continues to prompt you for selection of a component until you press ENTER
to finish.
The entire drawing changes its size.
Model Insulation
Mastic
Specifies the mastic description. This is an optional value.
Heat Tracing
Specifies the heat tracing description. This is an optional value.
Insulation
Specifies the insulation description. This is an optional value.
Jacketing
Specifies the jacketing description. This is an optional value.
User
Specifies the user description. This is an optional value.
Add
Adds the current values from the boxes to the grid. If similar data exists, the value is not
added to the grid.
Modify
Modifies the currently selected row in the grid using the values currently shown in the boxes.
Each box corresponds to a column in the grid.
Remove
Deletes the currently selected row in the grid.
Add, Modify, and Remove only change the data currently displayed in the grid. The data
in the insulation file is not updated until you click Save or Save As.
Graphics
Show Graphics for Gasket
Indicates whether gasket insulation graphics display. This works only for enhanced mode.
Show Graphics for Weld gap
Indicates whether weld gap insulation graphics display. This works only for enhanced mode.
Show Graphics for User Shapes
Indicates whether user shape insulation graphics display.
Metric/Inch Units system
Millimeter
Indicates that you can enter thicknesses in millimeters in mixed metric units (Imperial pipe
size / metric dimensions) situations.
Inch
Indicates that you can enter thicknesses in inches in mixed metric units (Imperial pipe size /
metric dimensions) situations.
Insulation
Add
Adds the insulation currently selected in the Available Configuration grid to components in
the drawings. You are prompted to select CADWorx components. If any of the selected
components are already insulated, this action is skipped.
Modify
Modifies existing insulation graphics and data.
Remove
Removes existing insulations graphics and data.
Refresh
Generates the graphics from the insulation data stored in the component's centerline. Use
this option if insulation graphics were deleted or lost.
Graphics
Add
Adds insulation graphics to components that have had their graphics removed. The data
previously stored in the components is used to generate the graphics.
Remove
Removes the graphics from the selected components. The insulation data remains. These
components do not show the insulation solid even if you later click Refresh.
Visibility
Isolate
Isolates insulation graphics by either selecting components on screen or by selecting line
numbers from the list.
Hide/Show
Hides or shows the insulation graphics by selecting components on screen or by selecting
line numbers from the list.
Show All
Shows all objects that have been previously hidden in the current drawing.
Report
Creates a complete report, in HTML format, about all of the insulation components in the
model. The report is itemized by the different types of insulation data and calculates the total
weight, volume, and length.
Filter
Filters the list of line numbers using wild cards. For example, type *25-1B* to limit the line
number list to line numbers with 25-1B as part of the name. The text filter occurs regardless
of where the text is in the line number name.
Edit
Displays the Insulation Global Edit <number> Objects dialog box so that you can edit the
insulation data for all components having the selected insulation configuration.
Right-Click Menu
In Line Number selection mode, a right-click menu is available with additional options. The right-
click menu changes what displays in the edit box.
Select All / Clear All
Selects or clears all line numbers in the list.
List Insulated Line Numbers
Lists only insulated line numbers.
List Un-Insulated Line Numbers
Lists only uninsulated line numbers.
List Data Only Line Numbers
Lists line numbers that have insulation data but no insulation graphics.
List Un-Insulated Components
Lists only uninsulated components.
List All
Refreshes the list.
Modify
Replaces the selected insulation data with the highlighted insulation in the Available
Configuration grid. This change applies to all components in the selected line number.
Remove
Removes the insulation from all components in the selected line number.
Insulation
Specifies the insulation description. This is an optional value.
Jacketing
Specifies the jacketing description. This is an optional value.
User
Specifies the user description. This is an optional value.
Refresh
Refreshes the data in the grid.
Color Settings
Displays the color and Auto Refresh settings.
Export to File
Exports all data from the palette to a Microsoft Excel (*.CSV) file
Help
Displays the help file.
Tolerance Min
Specifies the minimum connection tolerance. Two components that are separated by a
distance greater than the minimum tolerance, but less than the maximum tolerance are
considered disconnected.
Tolerance Max
Specifies the maximum connection tolerance. Two components that are separated by a
distance greater than the maximum tolerance are considered un-connected.
Color Arrow
Specifies the color for arrows.
Color Text
Specifies the color for text.
Auto Refresh
Indicates whether the software automatically updates the grid when you open the drawing.
#
Displays a number from the palette that coincides with the highlighted number in the
drawing. The arrow and text color setting is used for the graphics drawn in the model.
Line Number
Displays the line number of the component.
Type
Displays the discontinuity type for the component.
Disconnected
Displays components that are not connected within the minimum tolerance.
Un-connected
Displays components that are not connected with in the maximum tolerance.
Overlap
Displays components that are duplicated at the same location. The number in
parenthesis (n) is the number of overlapping components at this location.
Not on line
Displays components that are not connected to the pipe centerline (typically OLET
type components).
Gap
Displays the distance between the two components. This value is 0.0 for overlapping
components.
Long Description
Displays the long description of the component.
Category
Displays the category of the component.
Component Type
Displays the command named used to draw the component.
(X,Y,Z)
Displays the global X-, Y-, Z-coordinates of the component center point.
Pressing CTRL or SHIFT while left-clicking lets you select multiple items from the list.
Left-click to zoom in to the location of the issue.
Right-click to change the AutoCAD view to the location of the issue without zooming.
When exporting data to Microsoft Excel, numeric data is exported as text and is preceded by a
single quote. This single quote prevents you from totaling the column in Excel. To correct this in
Excel, select the column and then select Data > Text To Columns. Step through the wizard
selecting the Delimited option and Tab as the Delimiter check box. This changes the data from
text to numbers. In Imperial/Inch settings, length is exported in feet and inches, which cannot be
totaled in Excel. To export length in decimal format, change the current AutoCAD Dimension
Style settings Primary Units format to decimal.
Assembly
Select this option to view the Bill of Materials list by assembly.
Components
Select this option to view the Bill of Material list by components.
1. Type PSCBOMEXPORT in the command line.
2. Specify if you want an Assembly or Components
3. Specify if you want a Cut length, Total length, or Single item BOM.
4. Select Line Number or Select components.
5. Select the objects to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you are finished.
6. In the Save as type box, select the file format that you want.
7. Type the file name, and specify the folder location.
8. Click Save.
Right-Click Menu
Insert in model
Reads the size, spec, and component type from the P&ID database and inserts the
component into the Plant model.
View P&ID drawing
Displays a preview of the P&ID drawing.
To zoom inside the viewer, use the two arrow buttons on the left side of the dialog box. Zooming
inside the viewer can also be done by holding down the left mouse button while rotating the
mouse scroll wheel. The viewer dialog box closes when you switch between drawings in the
same session of AutoCAD. The dialog box must be started with every new AutoCAD session.
Left-click an item to update the P&ID drawing viewer dialog box if it is active.
Double-click an item to run the Insert in model command.
Refresh
Refreshes the P&ID Data and Plant Data lists.
Options
Displays the Options dialog box so that you can set the colors of the items displayed in the
P&ID and Plant data.
Plant Data
P&ID ID_Count
Displays the ID_COUNT of the P&ID component if a link between the P&ID component and
the Plant component is made. The Plant database (PIPE table) saves the P&ID ID_COUNT
in the RESERVE_10 column.
Line Number
Displays the line number of the plant component.
Tag
Displays the tag of the plant component.
Size
Displays the size of the plant component.
Spec
Displays the spec associated with the plant component.
Drawing
Displays the drawing associated with the plant component.
Description
Displays the description of the plant component.
Right-Click Menu
CEdit
Displays the appropriate Component Edit dialog box.
Zoom
Zooms and highlight the component in the model.
List data from all drawings
Lists plant data from all drawings that have the line number.
List data from current drawing
Lists plant data from the open drawing.
Refresh
Refreshes the P&ID Data and Plant Data lists.
Link components
1. Select the check box next to an item in the P&ID Data list and an item in the Plant Data list.
2. Click Link.
The P&ID ID_Count value in the Plant Data list updates.
Vales, reducers, and nozzles can be linked. Instrument components cannot be linked.
Unlink components
1. Select two linked components.
Link changes to Unlink.
2. Click Unlink.
The software removes the link between the two components.
When Insert Into DB is clicked, rows are added to the appropriate tables within the database.
Plant drawings created without a database have xdata attached to each component that allows
the software to automatically add rows into the appropriate tables.
Refresh
Updates the clash list.
Export
Writes the clash list to a text file. The file is exported to the same folder as the model
drawing file. The name of the file is the drawing name with _Clash.TXT appended.
Display by Status
New
Displays new clashes in the list.
Active
Displays active clashes in the list.
Resolved
Displays resolved clashes in the list.
Approved
Displays approved clashes in the list.
All
Displays all clashes in the list.
Clash List
#
Displays the number assigned to each clash.
Component 1
Displays the CADWorx data for the first component.
Component 2
Displays the CADWorx data for the second component.
Status
Displays the clash status.
Type
Indicates whether the clash was from a CADWorx Insulation View-created component.
You can set the color of the grid items using the Options dialog box. For more information,
see Options Dialog Box (on page 155).
Left-clicking an item in the list generates the clash entity in the model and zooms to the
clash.
Right-Click Menu
Clash Status New
Changes the status of a clash to New.
Clash Status Active
Changes the status of a clash to Active.
Clash Status Resolved
Changes the status of a clash to Resolved.
Clash Status Approved
Changes the status of a clash to Approved.
Clash Zoom To
Zooms to the clash point.
Clash Viewer
Displays a dialog box with the two clashing components.
Clash Isolate Selected
Isolates the selected clash.
Clash Isolate All
Creates clash entities for all clashes, and isolates them. To remove all clash entities from
the model, run the command CLASHDELETEALLOBJECTS.
Clash Show All
Shows all components in the drawing.
Modify Assembly
Enables you to edit an assembly.
New
Creates a new assembly.
Rename
Renames an assembly.
Delete
Deletes an assembly.
Copy
Copies an assembly.
Paste
Pastes an assembly.
Reload Global File
Reloads the global assembly file.
Edit File Paths
Edits the path folder location of the assembly.
You can close the Assembly Manager at anytime by typing ASSEMBLYCLOSE on the
command line.
Create an assembly
1. Click Assembly View . Alternatively, type ASSEMBLYVIEW on the command line, and
press ENTER.
2. Click Create Assembly .
3. Select all the components necessary for the assembly, and press ENTER
4. Pick a point where you want to connect.
5. Type a name on the command line, and press ENTER.
The assembly appears in the Assembly Manager.
Edit an assembly
1. Click Assembly View . Alternatively, type ASSEMBLYVIEW on the command line, and
press ENTER.
Isogen Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen
Isogen Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen > Isogen Out
Plant menu: Accessory > Isogen > Isogen Out
Command line: ISOGENOUT
Generates an isometric drawing. The components you select to use with this command must be
generated with an authorized Isogen hardware lock, or this function cannot process them. The
selection process has different options that allow you to perform more detailed selections.
You can resubmit Isogen drawings after you make changes to your CADWorx drawing. The
software displays the drawings in their previous isometric layout with the added
components. You must define the Repeatability return report in I-Configure for resubmitted
drawings to display. To set the Isogen repeatability feature, see Enable the Repeatability
return report (on page 166).
If you delete an Isogen start or stop point, the software permanently
removes the points. This can affect the repeatability output.
Use ISOGENRESET to remove the sheet and part numbers, and all Start/Stop signs from
component iso information.
Isogen drawings can be created for curved piping by using Isogen Out on an
Adjustable Bend (on page 463). Before you run Isogen Out , make sure to set the SKEY
in the Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page 89) to PB** (** designates a valid Isogen end type).
Select the Overwrite check box to enter the new SKEY. To setup curved piping in
isometrics, see Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics (on page 168).
Status
Displays the status of the file.
Collect
Collects the data into a .zip file called I-Collect.zip and displays the Collect dialog box. In
the Collect dialog box, you can either Save As, Send As Email, or click OK.
Add File
Enables you to add a file to the Collect Data list.
11. Click to update the active style file with the new property settings.
17. Click to update the active style file with the new property settings.
18. Close Isogen Configuration.
19. Click Export Style on the I-Configure horizontal toolbar.
Your material list now displays with the short description and the lines do not overlap, but
are text wrapped.
9. Click to update the active style file with the new property settings.
10. Close Isogen Configuration.
11. Click Export Style on the I-Configure horizontal toolbar.
To use this feature you need to draw an adjustable bend using the BENT command. You
also need to update the SKEY of the new bend to PB** (** designates a valid Isogen end type)
in the Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page 89). For more information, see Adjustable Bend (on
page 463).
Isogen Batch
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen > Isogen Batch
Plant menu: Accessory > Isogen > Isogen Batch
Command line: ISOGENBATCH
Generates isometrics using Isogen for one or more line numbers. The command uses the
default settings from the Isogen Project Manager. For more information, see I-Configure (on
page 172).
Isogen drawings can be created for curved piping by using Isogen Batch on an
Adjustable Bend (on page 463) with SKEY in the Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page 89) set to
PB** (** designates a valid Isogen end type). You need to check the Overwrite check box to
enter the new SKEY. To setup curved piping in isometrics, see Enable curved piping in Plant
isometrics (on page 168).
ISOGENBATCH also exports line number continuation information to Isogen.
Isogen Supplemental
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen > Isogen Supplemental
Plant menu: Accessory > Isogen > Isogen Supplemental
Command line: ISOGENSUPL
Places supplemental Isogen blocks in the drawing. There are several types of block available for
export to Isogen:
Isogen_Arrow
Isogen_Wall
Isogen_Floor
Isogen_Instrument
Isogen_Break In
Insulation
Location Point
Arrow, wall, and floor blocks must be inserted along the center line of a pipe component.
Instrument blocks must have the instrument line connected to the end of an olet component,
TAP component, or a weld gap component.
Break in (Tie in) points must be connected to the end point of a component.
You must insert LOCATION-POINT on a component. Otherwise, Isogen does not place it in the
isometric drawing. You can insert LOCATION-POINT at any location.
Supplemental blocks do not have line numbers. Isogen processes all supplemental blocks in a
drawing at the same time.
To add other blocks to this menu, see Adding preview graphics in Graphics / Pipe Ends (on
page 297). The block name must contain Isogen_Arrow, Isogen_Instrument, Isogen_Wall,
Isogen_Floor, or Isogen_BreakIn for export to Isogen. For example, to add another instrument
type, you could name the block Isogen_Instrument_4, and add it to the menu.
If you are placing a flow arrow on a sloped line, align the UCS to the slope before
inserting the arrow.
Stop Sign
CADWorx Plant I tab: Stop Sign
Misc toolbar: Stop Sign
Command line: STOPSIGN
Places stop sign symbols in the drawing. This symbol is used for designating the starting and
ending locations for automatically-generated isometric output. For more information, see Isogen
Out (on page 161). Stop signs must be at a weld or connection point on the piping system. You
place these designators on the drawing and then export them to the database. This could occur
manually with Export Pipe (on page 206) or automatically with Setup Live Database (on page
204).
If stop signs are present when using the Database option of the ISOOUT command, you are
asked if stop signs should be used in generating the ISOs.
Use Stop Signs [Yes/No] <Yes>:
If you select Yes, continuity is checked and the ISOs are broken at each stop sign. If there are
no line numbers or stop signs present in the database, the following prompt displays.
Database does not have any line number or stop signs...
When exporting with the Select Isogen Style dialog box isometric generator (Isogen Out
(on page 161) or Isogen Batch (on page 168)), stop signs are used, if selected.
PCF Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen > PCF Out
Plant menu: Accessory > Isogen > PCF Out
Command line: PCFOUT
Creates a piping component (PCF) file from components selected in the drawing.
This command displays the standard file selection dialog box and prompts for a file name.
PCF In
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen > PCF In
Plant menu: Accessory > Isogen > PCF In
Command line: PCFIN
Imports components into the current drawing from a piping component (PCF) file. The PCF file
is usually produced from some other plant design system. This command requires that proper
CADWorx specification and data files exist. If the PCF file uses a specification that does not
match the CADWorx specification exactly, the model created by PCF In does not function as
expected.
The function displays a standard file selection dialog box. There is an intervention level. For
more information, see System In (on page 256).
I-Configure
Defines properties for isometric drawings. All of the software included with Isogen is supplied
with an Adobe Acrobat Portable Document Format (PDF) file. This PDF file can be printed or
viewed from the computer. The PDFs can be accessed from the program group that is created
during installation. We suggest reading the PDF manual prior to contacting for technical support.
Isogen is installed in a subfolder of CADWorx. There is not an option to install it anywhere else.
The program group created during installation provides shortcuts to all the software within these
folders. It also provides shortcuts for all the documentation.
The information supplied in the CADWorx help file is for general use only.
There are two applications available for creating and maintaining Isogen Styles: Project
Manager and I-Configure.
Project Manager and I-Configure are both delivered with the CADWorx DVD
CADWorx can use Isogen styles created by Project Manager or I-Configure.
Isogen Information
The following topics provide general Isogen information.
SKEY Information
The following Isogen SKEYs can be used by CADWorx when creating an isometric.
Isogen SKEY definitions and symbol shapes are available in the Isogen Symbol Key
(SKEY) Definitions Reference Guide. You can access this document with the Help > Printable
Guides command in I-Configure.
157 NUT WITH SPECIAL END TYPES NUT (BNUT) or CLAMP BNUT or
(CLMP) CLMP
0 PL
1 BW
2 FL
3 LN
4 LN
5 MP
6 MP
7 MP
8 MP
9 CL
10 CL
11 CL
12 CL
13 CL
14 SW
15 SC
OrthoGen Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: OrthoGen
The CADWorx Plant tab is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
CADWorx Steel tab: OrthoGen
OrthoGen Launch
CADWorx Plant I tab: OrthoGen > OrthoGen Launch
The CADWorx Plant tab is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
CADWorx Steel tab: OrthoGen > OrthoGen Launch
Command line: ORTHOGENLAUNCH
Launches the OrthoGen application, which enables you to create an OrthoGen script (SCR) file
to be used in rendering an OrthoGen drawing.
For additional information about OrthoGen see the OrthoGen Help files.
OrthoGen Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: OrthoGen > OrthoGen Out
The CADWorx Plant tab is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
LNum Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum
You can create and store line numbers in different configuration files for various requirements in
a variety of formats. There can be any number of categories within a line number.
When you start a new drawing, the line number system is not active by default.
Click Setup to automatically assign line numbers when you place components. After you set
the line number in the current drawing, it remains set until you change it.
Set - Sets line number from three different sources: a P&ID NUMBERSET
project, the current drawing, or a component that you
select. For more information, see Set (on page 187).
Count - Sets the present line number count value. For NUMBERCOUNT
more information, see Count (on page 188).
Setup
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Setup
Delete
Removes the separator character from the Category list.
Default Value
Adds any default value to any category included in the Category list. The size and
specification are disabled if the system is set to the dynamic mode.
System Off
Indicates that line numbers do not place in the drawing.
CONVERTFROMPRJDATA updates all selected components in the drawing to
your current settings. If you run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA with this setting and do not
have the Line number check box in the Apply Change Data Rule dialog box selected, the
software erases your line numbers in the components you select for update. For more
information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (on page 62).
System On (Dynamic Size/Spec)
Indicates that each component placed in the drawing receives a line number.
CONVERTFROMPRJDATA updates all selected components in the drawing to
your current settings. If you run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA with this setting and do not
have the Line number check box in the Apply Change Data Rule dialog box selected, the
software changes your line number to the current values. For example, if you set the count
to 1500, change a line number to 1506, and then run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA, the
software changes any values in the line numbers back to 1500. For more information, see
Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (on page 62).
System On (Static Size/Spec)
Indicates that the line number system uses the value in the Default value box, including the
size and specification. This allows you to type anything for the size and specification.
CONVERTFROMPRJDATA updates all selected components in the drawing to
your current settings. If you run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA with this setting and do not
have the Line number option in the Apply Change Data Rule dialog box selected, the
software changes your line number to the current value set in Default Value. For example, if
you have a line number specification set to 600, with a Default Value of 150, and then run
CONVERTFROMPRJDATA, the software changes any values in the 600 specification line
numbers back to 150. For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (on
page 62).
Preview
Displays the line number based on the selected categories. The line number added to
components looks similar to the Preview value.
Move Up
Moves the selected item higher in the Category list. The new order also displays in the
Preview box.
Move Down
Moves the selected item lower in the Category list. The new order also displays in the
Preview box.
Save and Close saves the current settings to the configuration file when you select the
Line Number Setup check box in Miscellaneous CFG Content in the CADWorx Plant Setup.
For more information, see Miscellaneous CFG Content (on page 69), and Setup (on page 27).
Set
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Set
Count
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Count
Increment
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Increment
Decrement
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Decrement
Assign
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Assign
Annotate
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Annotate
Line Number toolbar: Annotate
Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Annotate
Command line: NUMBERANNOTATE
Labels components with existing line numbers. The text size is based upon the AutoCAD
environment variable TEXTSIZE and is placed on the default text layer. You can select
individual components to annotate. During the labeling process, a rubberband cursor appears
indicating which component is being labeled.
Line
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Line
Line Isolate
Plant menu: Utility > Line Isolate
Command line: LINEISOLATE
Isolates components based on their line numbers or their specifications. You can use this
command to isolate an entire line number or to isolate one line number and include surrounding
buildings or equipment. It can also turn off any isolation of components or surrounding
equipment and building.
Isolate
Isolates only components with particular specifications or line numbers. This option hides all
objects including non-CADWorx objects in the drawing. To make them visible again, run this
command again and select the Show all option.
Partial isolate
Works similar to the Isolate option, except that it leaves the surrounding graphics (building,
equipment, dimensions, and so on) visible. This option has the same additional options as
Isolate.
Show all
Turns off any isolation and makes all objects in the drawing visible.
Spec
Lists all specs used in the model. You can select one or more specifications to isolate.
Line number
Lists all line numbers used in the drawing. You can select one or more line numbers to
isolate.
List
Displays a dialog box listing either the specifications or line numbers within the drawing. You
can select one or more items using the standard Windows selection methods.
Select component
Select a component in the drawing.
3. Move the columns that you want to sort with to the BOM Columns Selected list.
4. Use Move Up and Move Down to specify which columns are sorted first in the BOM.
5. Select a column and use the Ascending and Descending options to control how
information in that column is sorted. Ascending means sorting from small numbers to larger
numbers (1 to 100) and from A to Z. Descending is large number to smaller (100 to 1) and Z
to A.
6. Click OK on the BOM Sort Order dialog box.
7. Click OK on the Bill of Material Setup dialog box.
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 37).
Automatic placement
Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space, CADWorx places the
tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this prompt does not
appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see BomTagOptimize (on page
37).
The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 36) variable in
the Configuration Settings.
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 37).
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 37).
Exports the steel Bill of Material schedule to an external file format that you specify. The
schedule for the Bill of Material is defined using Bill of Material Setup (on page 193). CADWorx
can export the Bill of Material schedules to:
Access file (*.mdb)
Excel file (*.xls)
Text file (*.txt)
HTML file (*.htm)
When exporting data to Microsoft Excel, numeric data is exported as text and is preceded by a
single quote. This single quote prevents you from totaling the column in Excel. To correct this in
Excel, select the column and then select Data > Text To Columns. Step through the wizard
selecting the Delimited option and Tab as the Delimiter check box. This changes the data from
text to numbers. In Imperial/Inch settings, length is exported in feet and inches, which cannot be
totaled in Excel. To export length in decimal format, change the current AutoCAD Dimension
Style settings Primary Units format to decimal.
An additional command called BOMEXTERNAL is available to export a project database
to a file based on the columns chosen in the BOMSETUP.
Tag Location
Plant menu: Utilities > Nozzle Schedule > Tag > Location
Command line: TAGRELOCATE (EQUIPTAGRELOCATE in CADWorx Equipment)
Relocates a tag. This command is useful when tags are placed on top of each other. Optionally,
this command deletes the connector line from the item mark to the component. This is useful
when multiple items are required for one location, such as gaskets and bolts associated with a
flange.
Tags and the associated leader lines are grouped. This makes them easier to
manipulate. You can use the AutoCAD Group command to un-group the items and manually
rearrange them.
Insert Tag
Plant menu: Utilities > Nozzle Schedule > Tag > Insert
Command line: TAGINSERT (EQUIPTAGINSERT in CADWorx Equipment)
Places tags on the drawing without having to run the main Bill of Material generator. The tag is
scaled according to the present text size.
When you delete a component from a drawing with an active live database, the database
marks that component for deletion. When you close the drawing without saving, then the
item does not deleted from the database. If you save the drawing, then the item deletes from
the database.
When a component or a group of components are copied from a drawing to a new drawing
that uses the same live database, the copied components are duplicated in the live
database with the new drawing name.
When a component or a group of components are cut from a drawing and placed in another
drawing that uses the same live database, the components duplicate in the live database
with the new drawing name. When the old drawing is saved and closed any duplicate items
from the first drawing are deleted from the live database because they are no longer on the
first drawing.
All changes to live database settings take effect in the next drawing session.
On/Off
Turns the live database system on and off. When on, all components drawn are updated
instantaneously to the database. Changes can be made in the drawing or in the database.
When off, all CADWorx component information is stored only within the drawing.
Database Type
Select the type of database to use as the live database. Depending on the type chosen, the
path to the database or schema is displayed.
Access Path
Defines the Microsoft Access database information. Click Create Table to create the PIPE
table in the database when creating a new database. Click Select File to specify an existing
database.
SQL Server Database Name and Schema
Defines the Microsoft SQL Server database information. You must have already created the
ODBC schemas (refer to the installation guide for help). Type the database name in the
Database box. Type the ODBC schema name in the Schema box, either
Plant_SQL_SERVER or Steel_SQL_SERVER.
Oracle Schema
Defines the Oracle database information. Type the ODBC schema name in the Schema
box.
Startup Dialog Options
Sets the database option on CADWorx startup.
No dialog (new drawings are in Live DB)
Select to place new drawings automatically in the database. Selecting this option
requires that a new drawing be named and saved immediately on creation.
Drawings that use a live database must be in the same folder with the appropriate
configuration file.
No dialog (new drawings are not in Live DB)
Select to not add new drawings to the database. You can add drawings to the live
database later using this command.
Show dialog
Select to display a dialog box on which you can choose to use a database or not.
Save and Close saves the current settings to the configuration file when you select the
Piping Live Database Settings or the Steel Live Database Settings check box in
Miscellaneous CFG Content in the CADWorx Plant Setup. For more information, see
Miscellaneous CFG Content (on page 69), and Setup (on page 27).
Existing components in drawings can be added to the database by using DBFGEN for
Pipe or SDBFGEN for Steel. For more information, see Export Pipe (on page 206).
Export Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Export
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Export
Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Export
Command line: DBFGEN
Exports CADWorx component information to a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file.
When using live database, this command updates the appropriate database setup for the
drawing.
Database Type
Select Access to write to a Microsoft Access file, or select Excel to write to a Microsoft
Excel file.
Browse
Click to define the file name and folder location. The disabled boxes at the bottom of the
dialog display the file name and folder in use.
Append/Sync
Synchronizes the drawing and the database file by removing entries from the database that
no longer exist in the drawing and updating components in the database according to the
drawing. You can use this command once a day or five times an hour to maintain the
database according to the drawing. Many users can append to the same database file at the
same time.
New
Creates a new database file based on the chosen folder and database type.
1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Export .
You can also type DBFGEN in the command line.
Enter an option [Line number/Select component] <Select component>.
2. Select Line Number to select components using line numbers.
Enter an option [List/Select component] <Select component>.
3. Choose List to select the line number from a list. For more information, see Select Item
Dialog Box (on page 207).
or
Choose Select component to select the needed components by crossing, window, or any
other preferred method.
4. Select the components to write to the database file. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
The Select Database Type dialog box displays.
5. Select Access or Excel to define the file type.
6. Click Browse, and define the folder and file name.
Wildcards
Character Used to
* (asterisk) Matches any character sequence, including an empty one, and it can
be used anywhere in the search pattern: beginning, middle, or end
~ (tilde) If it is the first character in the pattern, it matches anything except the
pattern
Import Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Import
For example, changing a component from a 150 lb rated specification to a 300 lb rated
specification causes discontinuity within the drawing. This discontinuity does not present itself
until a mode convert is performed on the component.
After data is changed and you run Synchronize , the data is updated. The Synchronize
command now works in conjunction with the SyncOnStartUp (on page 50) variable in
Configuration Settings (on page 31). Setting the SyncOnStartUp variable to Synchronize With
Changes Review displays the Synchronize Component dialog box that enables you to review
the changes made to a database and decide which ones to accept or reject. These changes
also include the custom data fields created in the Specification Editor.
Database Values
Specifies the changed information value for the Field Name when a change was made. If no
change was made, the Database Values keep the same value as the Component Values
indicating no change takes place when the changes are accepted.
Component Values
Specifies the original database information values for the Field Name.
Field Name, Database Values, and Component Values display in red when a
change has been made to the database.
select / deselect all
Enables you to select or clear all changes made to the database.
Accept Changes
Accepts the selected changes made to the database and updates the Component Edit
dialog box.
Reject Changes
Rejects the changes to the database and returns them to their original value.
Each component changed displays the Synchronize Component dialog box separately.
You must except or reject each change individually.
C.G. Generator
CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > C.G. Generator
Plant menu: Accessory > C.G. Generator
Command line: TCG
Calculates center of gravity for all components drawn in X,Y planes (2D plans) or in X,Y,Z
planes (3D Model). You can use a generic attach (from Plant > Toolbars > Misc) which
provides the center of gravity location and weight. For more information on specifying a center of
gravity location for a generic attach, see Generic Attach (on page 251) or Steel - Generic
Attachment (on page 358).
Selection can be done by crossing, window, or selecting individual component.
Selected Components
Select
Enables you to select items to calculate the total center of gravity for that item.
Piping
Enables piping to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the selected
component counters in the corresponding box.
Piping Insulation
Enables piping insulation to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the selected
component counters in the corresponding box.
Steel
Enables steel to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the selected
component counters in the corresponding box.
HVAC
Enables HVAC to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the selected
component counters in the corresponding box.
Equipment
Enables equipment to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the selected
component counters in the corresponding box.
You must have a material set for the equipment, and then run EQUIPCG before you
can get a center of gravity calculation for equipment in CADWorx Plant.
Report Options
Title
Specifies a title for the report that prints when CG is calculated.
Path
Specifies the location of the report file. Click the Path ellipsis to change the location and
save the file.
Print report to command line
Prints the total center of gravity report to the command line.
View Report
Indicates that the software opens the report after the center of gravity calculates.
Insert drawing marker
Inserts a drawing marker for the total center of gravity.
1. Click C.G. Generator on the Pipe BOM / DB panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.
Alternatively, type TCG on the command line and then press ENTER.
The Total CG Calculation dialog box displays.
2. Select the type of components to calculate center of gravity.
3. Enter a title for the report in the Title box.
4. Select whether you want the report to print on the command line, view the report, or whether
you want to insert a marker.
5. Click Select.
Before you can get a center of gravity calculation for equipment in CADWorx Plant, you
must have a material set for the equipment, and then you must run EQUIPCG.
When selecting equipment to calculate the center of gravity, you have the following
choices:
Select all.
Zoom to the small white cross and select it.
6. Select the components, and then press ENTER.
The center of gravity calculates and the Total CG Calculation dialog box redisplays with
the selected component counters in the corresponding boxes.
7. Click OK.
Misc Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc
Weld Size - Sets the default size of the weld dots that WELDSIZE
accompany single line components. For more information,
see Weld Size (on page 216).
Top Works Add - Adds top works to a valve already drawn TOPWORKSADD
in the model. For more information, see Top Works Add (on
page 241)
ISO Flag - Sets a flag in the component indicating that the ISOFLAG
present stored length should be used regardless of what
type of length modifications are made to the pipe
component. For more information, see ISO Flag (on page
261).
Set OTAP SKEY - Sets an SKEY for the selected OTAP. SETOTAPSKEY
For more information, see Set an OTAP SKEY (on page
248).
Auto Connect
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Auto Connect
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Auto Connect
Settings toolbar:
Command line: CONNECTTOG
Turns automatic connection on or off. Auto connection provides minimum prompts and makes
certain assumptions.
The last component placed in the drawing provides the starting point for the next
component. The direction of the last component indicates the direction of the new
component.
If you select a component which requires a second direction, such as an elbow, or tee, there
are additional prompts requesting the direction.
Typical elbow - Prompts you for a direction.
Pipe with an arbitrary length - Prompts you for an end point.
Elbow pointing up or down - Prompts you for a direction.
This is useful for placing components down a line. It can dramatically decrease the time required
to place components in assemblies, such as control valve bypass loops.
If you have run any type of mode conversion, the last point is not available. The software
prompts you to pick the starting point.
Auto Connect does not work in conjunction with Router (on page 282).
Group On/Off
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Group On/Off
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Group On/Off
Settings toolbar:
Command line: GROUPTOG
Turns on or off the grouping of the centerline of the component with the accompanying graphics.
This is useful for selecting any piece of the component rather than only the centerline. By
default, grouping is turned on.
Weld Size
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Weld Size
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Weld Size
Command line: WELDSIZE
Specifies the default size of the weld dots that accompany single line components. This
command also allows for the change of weld dots already placed in the drawing.
Join Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Join Pipe
Command line: JOINPIPE
Changes segmented piping to non-segmented piping.
Run
Joins the entire run of pipe.
Segment
Joins the selected segments of pipe.
Join by Run
1. Click Join Pipe on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.
2. Type R on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Select the pipe to join.
The software joins all segments along the selected piping.
The JOINPIPE command for the Run option does not work around elbows. To join
the piping on the other side of the elbow select it during step 3.
Join by Segment
1. Click Join Pipe on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.
2. Type S on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Select the segments to join.
The software joins the selected segments.
User Shapes
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Create
2. Click Create , or type USERCREATE on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The Define User Shape dialog box displays.
You can also tag user shapes as optional components in the specification. This allows for an
infinite number of additional components.
For symmetrically shaped components, draw a 2D polyline indicating the outline of the shape.
The symmetrical shape is limited to straight lines between vertices in the polyline. In other
words, there cannot be a fillet radius on any corner of the polyline. If fillets exist, the routine
draws them with chamfered corners. Draw only half of the shape on one side of the centerline.
We recommend preparing an outline before trying to draw the polyline. For example, draw the
component using standard AutoCAD methods or CADWorx components, and then draw a
polyline around the contour.
For symmetrical shapes, the polyline may overlap as shown in the example below for 2D
solids (drawn to each indicated point, PT1, PT2, and so on). For use with 3D solids, the polyline
cannot overlap (there cannot be a PT4 or PT7). If the polyline overlaps, an ACIS error occurs
indicating the object cannot be revolved.
For non-symmetrically shaped components, you must first create a 2D and 3D representation.
This representation needs to show all the required details of the component. The 3D
representation is used when in the 3D drawing mode. It can be used for orthographic and
model-type representation. The 2D representation is used when in the 2D isometric drawing
mode.
After the polyline or components are complete, click Create . This creates a data file in the
required folder with the required file name. For non-symmetrically shaped components, it also
creates two drawing files: one 2D and one 3D. The drawing names have appended in square
brackets, the size and drawing mode (for example, [4.0-3D]). The file name must be unique.
User Shapes are stored in Product Folder]\Plant\Spec. You can change were User Shapes are
stored under Folder Setting in the Define User Shape dialog box.
Make sure to set a default size and specification first. Create must be run multiple times for
creating components with different sizes.
Component Setup
Name
Specifies the name of the user shape. You have a limit of 16 characters for the user shape
name.
Number
Specifies the number of the user shape. Select a number in the range of 1 to 5.
Specification
Sets the specification for the user shape.
Color
Sets the color of the user shape.
Layer
Sets the layer for the user shape. This setting defaults to the layer named as the
specification in the Define User Shape dialog box.
Material
Sets the material type of the user shape.
Density
Sets the density of the user shape.
Weight
Sets the weight of the user shape
Length
Sets the length of the user shape.
Save to Catalog
Saves the user shape to the catalog.
Optional Component
Sets the user shape as an optional component.
With the use of optional components, a specification file can have an unlimited
number of user shapes.
Select Polyline
Specifies a polyline to form the shape. The software automatically extracts all the
points from the selected polyline. You must first select the reference and end points.
Use this option with symmetrical components.
Pick Point
Specifies each point required to form the shape. You must first select the reference
and end points (PT1 and PT37 in the following figure). Use this option with
symmetrical components. Press ENTER to end the sequence.
Main Size
Sets the main size of the user shape.
Reduction Size
Sets the reduction size of the user shape.
Reducing
Specifies that the user shape has a reducing side. Also, activates the Reduction
Size option so that you can set a reduction size for your user shape.
Select 3D Solid
Creates 3D user shapes.
Select 2D Double Line
Creates 2D double line user shapes.
Select 2D Single Line
Creates 2D single line user shapes.
Define Connections
Define Connections
Defines up to eight connection points for the user shape. You must have previously selected
the user shape with either Select 3D Solid, Select 2D Double Line, or Select 2D Single
Line.
Apply same end type and ratings to all ends
Specifies that all connection points have the same end types and ratings. Select the Apply
same end type and ratings to all ends check box, to apply the same end types and
ratings to all connections.
Connection
Enables you to select a connection point to specify the End type and the Isogen Symbol
for that connection.
End type
Specifies the end type for the selected connection.
Isogen Sym
Specifies the Isogen symbol for the selected connection. This defaults to the same as the
End type, unless you specify otherwise.
If you create a component less than 1/16" long (2 mm when in metric mode), the associated
xdata inserts a block named XATB. The component is located on the default layer named
SYSTEM instead of the CL layer so that it does not plot or display while this layer is turned off.
If you create a non-symmetrical component, a block named NATB inserts at the start point. This
block, like the XATB block, contains all the associated xdata and acts as any other component.
When you do not draw a 2D representation of a non-symmetrical component (you only created
the 3D representation option) and you convert the component to the 3D mode, the NATB
remains. This block can be converted to 2D but does not have any graphics in the 3D mode.
You can move and control the NATB and XATB blocks just as with any other CADWorx
component.
Rating
Component Class
Sets the specification class for the user shape.
Temperature Rating
Sets the highest temperature allowed for the user shape.
Pressure Rating
Sets the highest pounds per square inch allowed for the component.
BOM
BOM Type
Sets the bill of material type for the user shape.
Sort Sequence
Sets the sort sequence of the user shape.
Folder Settings
Listed Location
Specifies the default location where the user shape saves.
Folder
Defines the save location for the user shape.
Browse
Enables you to search the computer folders for a specific location.
Description
Long
Describes the component in long format.
Short
Describes the component in short format.
Tag
Tags the user shape with the entered information.
Notes
Sets other information about the user shape.
mirrorX
Mirrors the non-symmetrical user shape along the X-axis. After a shape has been mirrored,
it has an effect on all the options above. Run this option again to place the component back
in its original position.
mirrorY
Mirrors the nonsymmetrical user shape along the Y-axis. After a shape has been mirrored, it
has an effect on all the options above. Run this option again to place the component back in
its original position.
mirrorZ
Mirrors the nonsymmetrical user shape along the Z-axis. After a shape has been mirrored, it
has an effect on all the options above. Run this option again to place the component back in
its original position.
<Pick rotation>
Rotates the nonsymmetrical user shape by the angle you specify. This option causes the
command to exit, and the options above become unavailable. This should be the last option
chosen.
24. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list.
25. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box.
26. If you want to change the default folder location of the user shape, click Browse, or type the
location in the Folder box.
27. Type the long description in the Long box. The data file uses the long description.
28. Type the short description in the Short box.
29. Type the tag information in the Tag box.
30. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed.
31. Click OK.
The software creates the user shape.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 641) toolbar. For more information
on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 241) or
Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 241).
CAP KA** 2
MISC- BR** 2
COMPONENT-
RETURN
REDUCER- CT** 3
CONCENTRIC-
TEED
REDUCER- EX** 3
ECCENTRIC-
TEED
VALVE-3WAY V3** 3
VALVE-4WAY V4** 4
MISC- BA** 3
COMPONENT-
ANGLE
CROSS CR** 4
MISC- BO** 4
COMPONENT-
OFFSET*^
VALVE- MD** 7
MULTIWAY-
***
VALVE- MD** 9
MULTIWAY-
***
*^For MISC-COMPONENT-OFFSET, point 1 and point 2 are required. Point 3 and Point 4 are
optional.
25. To give all connections the same end type and rating, select Apply same end type and
rating to all ends; otherwise complete the following:
a. Select a connection from the Connection list.
b. Select an end type from the End type list.
c. Select an Isogen symbol from the Isogen Sym. list.
d. Type the Component Class or accept the default.
e. Type the Temperature Rating.
f. Type the Pressure Rating.
g. Repeat steps a through f until you define all connections.
26. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list.
27. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box.
28. If you want to change the default folder location of the user shape, click Browse, or type the
location in the Folder box.
29. Type the long description in the Long box. The data file uses the long description.
30. Type the short description in the Short box.
31. Type the tag information in the Tag box.
32. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed.
33. Click OK.
The software creates the user shape.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 641) toolbar. For more
information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing
(on page 241) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 241).
11. If you want the user shape saved in the catalog then select the Save to catalog check box.
This is the default setting.
12. Select Optional Component to make this component an optional component.
13. Select the type of the user shape in the Type list.
14. Select the main size in the Main Size list.
15. If the component reduces, select the Reducing check box.
The Reducing Size list becomes available.
16. Select the reducing size in the Reducing Size list.
Do not mix reducing and non-reducing components in the same file.
17. Click Select 2D Double Line.
Select 2D double line representation.
18. Click a point in the upper left of the drawing, drag the mouse, and then click in the lower
right of the drawing to select the entire user shape to create. Press ENTER to finish
selection.
Pick insert point.
19. Select an insertion point on the component.
20. Click Define Connections.
Pick direction.
21. Select a direction in the drawing.
Pick connection 2 or <Enter to finish>.
22. If you have more than one connection point select each one as prompted, and then press
ENTER when finished.
The Define User Shape dialog box displays.
Connection points indicate where other equipment or components attach to the
nonsymmetrical user shape. These points are very important when exporting the model and
affect the scaling if not properly selected.
23. To give all connections the same end type and rating, select Apply same end type and
rating to all ends; otherwise complete the following:
a. Select a connection from the Connection list.
b. Select an end type from the End type list.
c. Select an Isogen symbol from the Isogen Sym. list.
d. Type the Component Class or accept the default.
e. Type the Temperature Rating.
f. Type the Pressure Rating.
g. Repeat steps a through f until you define all connections.
24. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list.
25. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box.
26. If you want to change the default folder location of the user shape, click Browse, or type the
location in the Folder box.
27. Type the long description in the Long box. The data file uses the long description.
28. Type the short description in the Short box.
29. Type the tag information in the Tag box.
30. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed.
31. Click OK.
The software creates the user shape.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 641) toolbar. For more
information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing
(on page 241) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 241).
18. Click a point in the upper left of the drawing, drag the mouse, and then click in the lower
right of the drawing to select the entire user shape to create. Press ENTER to finish
selection.
Pick insert point.
19. Select an insertion point on the component.
20. Click Define Connections.
Pick direction.
21. Select a direction in the drawing.
Pick connection 2 or <Enter to finish>.
22. If you have more than one connection point select each one as prompted, and then press
ENTER when finished.
The Define User Shape dialog box displays.
Connection points indicate where other equipment or components attach to the
nonsymmetrical user shape. These points are very important when exporting the model and
affect the scaling if not properly selected.
23. To give all connections the same end type and rating, select Apply same end type and
rating to all ends; otherwise complete the following:
a. Select a connection from the Connection list.
b. Select an end type from the End type list.
c. Select an Isogen symbol from the Isogen Sym. list.
d. Type the Component Class or accept the default.
e. Type the Temperature Rating.
f. Type the Pressure Rating.
g. Repeat steps a through f until you define all connections.
24. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list.
25. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box.
26. If you want to change the default folder location of the user shape, click Browse, or type the
location in the Folder box.
27. Type the long description in the Long box. The data file uses the long description.
28. Type the short description in the Short box.
29. Type the tag information in the Tag box.
30. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed.
31. Click OK.
The software creates the user shape.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 641) toolbar. For more
information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing
(on page 241) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 241).
System Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: MISC > System Out
Plant menu: Accessory > CAESAR II > System Out
Command line: C2OUT
Creates a CAESAR II input file. This input file can then be used in CAESAR II without any
modification. Components selected in the drawing convert to the appropriate elements for the
stress model. For example, a tee connected to pipe in all directions is represented with one
node at the intersection instead of four (three at the ends and one at the intersection). This
provides the stress analyst a model that is ready for use. All pertinent information is transferred
(weights, wall thickness, and so on).
The selection process in the drawing environment is available in two ways. The first requires
selecting the components with the standard selection processes in AutoCAD. This can include
selection by crossing, window or any other preferred method. The second selection process
allows the selection by line number or selecting a component with an existing line number. The
database option is not available with this command.
You must set the LanguageFile to the regional language when using a language-specific
specification. For example, if you have Chinese characters in your specification, set the
LanguageFile to Chinese_Simplified.dic. If you do not, System Out (on page 242) and
System In (on page 256) do not function correctly. For more information, see LanguageFile (on
page 42).
Example
1. Select the starting point at node 10.
2. Select anywhere along the centerline toward node 90 for a direction.
3. Select the intersection at 30, and then select a direction toward 50.
4. Select a point at 40 and then select a direction toward 50.
5. Select the intersection at 50 and then select a direction toward 70.
6. You could let CAESAR II automatically node the rest of the model, or you could finish by
manually selecting the next point at 30 and then selecting a direction toward 90.
7. Select a point at 50 and then select a direction toward 110.
8. Select a point at 40 and then select a direction toward 150.
Make sure Ortho is off, and use OSnap NEArest to pick along centerlines for directions.
Break Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Break Pipe
Command line: BREAKPIPE
Changes non-segmented piping to segmented piping.
Length
Specifies breaking the segments by length of the segments.
Number
Specifies breaking the segments by the number of segments.
Break by Length
1. Click Break Pipe on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.
2. Type L on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Type the length on the command line, and then press ENTER.
4. Select the pipe to break.
The piping breaks into segments based on the value entered for Length.
Break by Number
1. Click Break Pipe on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.
2. Type N on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Type the number of segments on the command line, and then press ENTER.
4. Select the pipe to break.
The piping breaks into segments based on the value entered for Number.
Offset Tap
CADWorx Plant I tab: Offset Tap
Command line: OTAP
Creates offset tap connections for use by Isogen. Offset taps are for use with large branches.
After you create an offset tap connection for a component, you can route piping from that point.
Use offset taps for all major branches of the main pipeline. Offset tap is more robust at
processing branches then tap connection. Use an offset tap connection if Isogen reports
discontinuity or tap connection does not produce the necessary results.
Verify that the main size is set to the size of the tap before drawing this component.
The OTAP command allows several types of pipe-to-pipe connections. The default connection
for OTAP is TANGENTIAL (TTSO). To change to another type of connection, change the
symbol key (SKEY) value on the Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page 89) for the OTAP
component.
TTSO TANGENTIAL
TOSO OFFSET
TSSO STUB IN
TESO SET ON
If the OTAP connects two pipes that are the same size, using the following SKEY produces the
following results:
TERF, TESO, TSRF, TSSO:
The length of pipe for the cut list increases to include the OTAP length.
The dimension includes OTAP length.
If the OTAP connects two pipes that are the same size, using the following SKEY produces the
following results:
TORF, TOSO, TTRF, TTSO:
The actual length of pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list.
The dimension does not include OTAP length.
If the OTAP connects two pipes that are of different sizes (reduction), Isogen Option Switch 2 is
used for cut length calculation.
Set-on Branch - Calc. to Centre Line of Main Run option with SKEYs: TERF, TESO, TSRF,
TSSO:
The length of pipe for the cut list is increased to include the OTAP length.
The dimension includes the OTAP length.
Set-on Branch - Calc. to Centre Line of Main Run option with SKEYs: TORF, TTRF, TTSO,
TOSO:
The actual length of pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list.
The dimension does not include the OTAP length.
Set-on Branch - Calc. to Actual Connection Point option with SKEYs: TERF, TESO, TSRF,
TSSO:
The actual length of the pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list.
The dimension includes the OTAP length.
Set-on Branch - Calc. to Actual Connection Point option with SKEYs: TORF, TTRF, TTSO:
The length of the pipe for the cut list is adjusted based on the diameter of the main and
reduction pipe sizes.
The dimension does not include the OTAP length.
Set-on Branch - Calc. to Actual Connection Point setting with SKEYs: TOSO:
The actual length of the pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list.
The dimension does not include the OTAP length.
Option switch 77 Generate PAD Item Code and Show Symbol on Iso option shows a
reinforcement pad on OTAP connections with SKEYs: TTRF, TORF, TERF. A CADWorx
reinforcement pad does not have to be drawn in the model for these three SKEYs.
For all other SKEYs, a CADWorx reinforcement pad must be drawn in the model for it to appear
in the ISO drawing.
Isogen option switch 77 No Extra Welds added at Reinforcement Pads, One Extra Weld
added at Reinforcement Pads, and Two Extra Welds added at Reinforcement Pads settings
control weld numbering at the reinforcement pads. Extra welds are only shown for the following
SKEYs: TTRF, TORF, TERF.
For the select Otap components option, the software prompts you to select the
components.
For the line Number option, the Select Item dialog box displays, and you must select a
line number.
3. Type the new SKEY on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The SKEY renames.
4. Double-click an OTAP, click Isogen in the Component Edit dialog box, and then check
SKEY.
Flange Type
Specifies the flange type for the nozzle generic attachment that you are creating or editing.
Layer
Specifies the layer for the generic nozzle.
Color
Specifies the color for the generic nozzle. You can use the Select Color option from the list
to open the AutoCAD Color Index, and select any color.
Points List
Enables you to select the face end and buttweld end points for the nozzle generic
attachment.
Face end
Specifies the face end point with a red arrow on the nozzle generic attachment.
Buttweld end
Specifies the buttweld end point with a green arrow on the nozzle generic
attachment.
Specify On-Screen
Enables you to specify the face end and buttweld end points on the nozzle generic
attachment on screen by the X, Y, and Z. These coordinates can also be entered manually.
Specifying the end and middle points sets those points for the routing point for the next
nozzle.
Remove
Removes the existing xdata from the generic nozzle. Alternatively, you can use
ENGENERICREMOVE to remove data from any generic nozzle.
6. Select a size from the Size list if needed. Main size must be set before you can draw a
generic nozzle.
7. To change the flange rating, select a rating from the Flange Rating list. A project and
specification must be set before you can draw a generic nozzle.
8. Type the thickness of the flange in the Flange Thickness box. This must be higher than
zero.
9. Select a Flange Type from the list.
10. Select a layer from the Layer list, or leave the default.
11. Select a color from the Color list, or leave the default.
12. Click OK.
A red arrow indicates the end point. The start and end points can be re-specified after the
nozzle generic attachment is drawn.
To edit the generic nozzle, double-click it in the drawing.
Generic Attach
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Generic Attach
Misc toolbar: Generic Attach
Command line: GENERIC
Attaches information to any generic AutoCAD object in the drawing. You can use the information
later in bill of material extraction, labeling, and so forth. After manually constructing a
component, use this routine to attach xdata information.
Generic Attach Dialog Box
Specifies the details for the generic attach.
Alpha size
Specifies a size-only description of the component.
Short annotation
Specifies a short description of the component.
Long annotation
Specifies a long description of the component.
Line number
Specifies the line number of the component.
Tag
Specifies a tag for the component.
Code
Specifies a code for the component.
Weight
Specifies the weight per unit of a pipe component.
Sort sequence
Specifies the sort sequence of the component in the bill of material.
Length
Specifies a length for the component.
Component type
Displays the type of the component.
Specification
Displays the specification used by the component.
Coordinates
World
Calculates pipe length based on the pipe component centerline. This option only affects
pipe, nipple, flanged pipe, and tubing components. It does not affect fixed-size components
such as elbows or flanges. If a pipe component is stretched, trimmed, or broken, the
positions of the components are automatically updated along with the pipe length.
Iso
Specifies the value of Length as the pipe length. The length does not change the drawing
graphics, but appears in the bill of material. For more information, see ISO Flag (on page
261).
Miscellaneous
Existing
Specifies that the component is not included in the bill of material. The component symbol is
also moved to the Exist layer. In Isogen isometric drawings, the component is shown as
dotted and dimensioned.
Insulation or CAESAR II
Specifies that this component either has CAESAR II pipe stress analysis information or
insulation attached.
The selected item type appears on the bill of materials when the FLAG column is added
using Pipe BOM / DB > Setup . For Isogen, you must also sort by the FLAG column to
group by type. For more information, see Bill of Material Setup (on page 193) and BOM Sort
Order / Accumulation Dialog Box (on page 196).
If Misc is selected when using Isogen, then Isogen treats the weld gap as a field-fit weld.
Use Isogen Option Switch 22 to increase the cut piece add-on allowances for field-fit welds.
Isogen
Specifies data for the component in an Isogen drawing. Opens the Isogen Data dialog box.
Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page 89)
Custom Data
Specifies custom data created in the Specification Editor and enables you to edit the value.
This data can be isolated in the Line View palette.
For more information on creating custom data, see New Field Dialog Box in the CADWorx
Spec Editor Users Guide.
Click the link for more information on the Component Custom Data Dialog Box (on page 94).
Remove
Removes CADWorx database attributes from a component, converting it to generic
AutoCAD geometry.
Many commands in CADWorx use xdata in the components and do not function if
the data is removed.
BOM/CG Point
Displays the Get BOM/CG Location dialog box, which enables you to specify the bill of
material location and the center of gravity location.
Attach
Saves modifications and closes the dialog box.
Cancel
Cancels the operation without saving modifications, and closes the dialog box.
System In
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > System In
Plant menu: Accessory > CAESAR II > System In
Command line: C2IN
Reads a CAESAR II input file. You must select the necessary ._A or .C2 file. This is the input file
created by CAESAR II or the output facility in CADWorx. After you select the input file, a dialog
box indicating that the file was read displays.
Make sure that the CAESARIIVersion (on page 39) startup variable is set to match your
CAESAR II installation. If this variable is set to 2011, and the C2IN command is issued on a file
created or modified with CAESAR II 2014, then an error message displays indicating that the
valid file is corrupt.
The next prompt requires that a specification be set. Although, there might be an existing
specification set, confirmation or a new specification is required. The specification might not be
used. The input facility in CADWorx attempts to determine the proper specification for the
component being input from data in the CAESAR II input file. The input facility or the data in the
input file does not always indicate a specification. Therefore, a default specification needs to be
set for these components.
Caesar
Derives the descriptive information within any new components from the material passed
back from CAESAR II and the name of the purposed component located in the PRGM.TBL
file. This file is located in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System folder. The system automatically
assigns all the required paths for data files which might be used later for reconstruction
(such as mode conversion). If the material was not supplied in CAESAR II, then this option
uses the description from the specification but does not populate the line number.
Environment
Assigns the component information based on the default specification. It also assigns a line
number if there is a current line numbering system setup. You are responsible for the correct
line number being set before importing. This option overrides any material sent from
CAESAR II. For example, if A-133-B material type was chosen in CAESAR II, and the
default specification above dictated A-106-B as the material type, this option would override
the A-333-B grade and place A-106-B in the component. The full description would be from
the default specification set above.
You must set the LanguageFile to the regional language when using a language-specific
specification. For example, if you have Chinese characters in your specification, set the
LanguageFile to Chinese_Simplified.dic. If you do not, System Out (on page 242) and
System In (on page 256) do not function correctly. For more information, see LanguageFile (on
page 42).
Change Elevation
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Change Elevation
Command line: CHANGEELEVATION
Changes the elevation of a selected pipe in the drawing.
Pick
Enables you to select the location for the change in the elevation.
BOP
Changes the elevation location to the bottom of pipe after specifying the elevation
change.
TOP
Changes the elevation location to the top of pipe after specifying the elevation
change.
Current
Keeps the center of the pipe as the current location after specifying the elevation
change.
BOP
Enables you to change the elevation to the bottom of pipe.
TOP
Enables you to change the elevation to the top of pipe.
Tap
CADWorx Plant I tab: Tap
Command line: TAP
Creates tap connections for use by Isogen. The tap connections are used for small branches.
After creating a tap connection for a component, piping can be routed from that point. The
CADWorx Isogen interface automatically processes numerous types of taps without needing a
tap connection. Only use a tap connection if Isogen reports a discontinuity.
Verify that the main size is set to the size of the tap before drawing this component.
Place a tap
1. Click Tap . Alternatively, type TAP on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select a point for the tap. This point is normally the inner most endpoint of the tapping
component.
3. Select a point on the center line of the component that is being taped.
The software places the tap.
Dim Adjustment
Plant menu: Utility Dim Adjustment
Command line: DIMADJUST
Adjusts a dimension when the pipe segments of a particular run have been adjusted or modified
with the ISO flag command. For more information, see ISO Flag (on page 261). This command
works with the associate dimensioning setvar DIMASSOC on. The command also adjusts the
pipe’s stored xdata length. This is performed by using the dimension to adjust the pipe’s xdata.
You can adjust the pipe with Dimension option, or adjust the dimension with Pipe option. Both
options of this command read and write fractional characters used with the dimension routines.
Options
Dimension
Adjusts the pipe to match an existing dimension. Select the dimension, then select the
pipe’s centerline.
Pipe
Adjusts the dimension to match the stored length in the pipe’s xdata.
Line
Adjusts the pipe distance to match the length of a line that you select. AutoCAD dimension
lines stop at the back of the arrow, so they are not typically a good choice for this option.
Pick reference points
Adjusts the pipe distance based on two reference points that you select. This is the most
commonly used option and can be used to pick each end of a pipe.
For this option, the following prompts requests the selection of the pipe(s) that were adjusted.
Selection can be made by crossing, window or individually selecting the centerlines. Other
components which might have been selected with crossing or window are simply ignored. This
only detects adjusted pipe.
Elbow Centerline
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Elbow Center Line
Command line: ELBOWCL
Turns on or off elbow centerlines for use with isometrics. When toggled on, it provides square
elbow centerlines which can be used for dimensioning. This also produces attractive isometrics.
ISO Flag
Plant menu: Utility > ISO Flag
Command line: ISOFLAG
Sets a flag in the component indicating that the present stored length should be used regardless
of what type of length modifications are made to the pipe component. This command only
affects pipes and nipples. This is useful when adjusting a pipe which is to be used in an
isometric. For example, if you use this command before stretching a pipe which was 120'-0" long
to 5'-0" long, the Bill of Material generator reflects a 120'-0" long piece of pipe.
The component’s xdata is flagged when using the CEDIT dialog box.
System Visibility
Command line: SYSVIS
Turns on or off visibility of components usually located on the system layer. The command
affects the components listed below.
Weld gaps
Pads / Saddles
Bolts
Gaskets
TAPs
2D Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D
Edit - Edits a views box. For more information, see Edit (on VIEWEDIT
page 267).
Zoom Lock - Allows zooming in paper space only. For more ZOOMLOCK
information, see Zoom Lock (on page 267).
2D Representation
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > 2D Representation
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Plant menu: Accessory > 2D Representation (Utility > 2D Representation in CADWorx
Equipment)
Command line: 2DREP (EQUIP2DREP in CADWorx Equipment)
Creates a two-dimension representation from a three-dimensional model. This command
removes hidden lines and retains layer and color information. It can work in model or paper
space. In model space, the 2D representation is created as a block.
An alternate command, 2DREPH (EQUIP2DREPH in CADWorx Equipment), is also available.
This command exports the hidden lines from solids to the 2D representation. All other features
of this command are similar to the 2DREP command.
Solids
Generates 2D representations of native AutoCAD 3D solids.
sOlids-and-centerlines
Generates 2D representations of native AutoCAD 3D solids and copies selected CADWorx
Piping and Steel center lines to the 2D representation.
soLids-and-lines
Generates 2D representations of native AutoCAD 3D solids and copies selected AutoCAD
3dPolyline, Arc, Circle, Ellipse, Leader, Line, Polyline, Spline, and Helix to the 2D
representation. This includes CADWorx Piping and Steel center lines.
Centerlines
Copies selected CADWorx Piping and Steel center lines to the 2D representation.
cEnterlines-and-lines
Copies selected CADWorx Piping and Steel center lines to the 2D representation and
copies selected AutoCAD 3dPolyline, Arc, Circle, Ellipse, Leader, Line, Polyline, Spline and
Helix to the 2D representation. This includes CADWorx Piping and Steel center lines.
This command only processes native AutoCAD solid and line entities that are typically
created by CADWorx. This command does not process any custom solid or line entities that
are created by other add-on AutoCAD applications.
If you are using AutoCAD 2015, you must have AutoCAD 2015 Service Pack 1 or higher for
the 2DREP command to function correctly.
Create a 2D representation
1. Type 2DREP (EQUIP2DREP in CADWorx Equipment).
2. Select the objects to include in the 2D representation.
3. Select the filter option that meets your needs.
If you are in paper space, the software asks if you want the viewports to be turned off.
4. Type Yes to turn off the viewports, or type No to leave the viewports on.
This option is useful when there are changes made to the model and the 2D
representation needs to be updated. You can turn on the viewport again using the AutoCAD
Properties dialog box, and then run the command again.
2D Representation Hidden
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > 2D Representation Hidden
Plant Menu: Accessory > 2D Representation
Command line: 2DREPH
Creates a 2D representation with hidden lines. This command exports the hidden lines from
solids to the 2D representation. All other features of this command are similar to the 2DREP
command. For more information, see 2D Representation (on page 263).
Box
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > Box
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Plant menu: Utility > View > Box
Command line: VIEWBOX
Displays the View Creation dialog box. This dialog box creates clipped views by defining a 3D
box. This command is useful in creating layout drawings in paper space.
View Creation Dialog Box
View set name
Specifies the overall set name for the views. Each view created is named based on this
name.
Views
View Type
Indicates the orientation of the view.
Name
Specifies the view name. The default name is a combination of the View set name value
and the View Type. After you create the view set, the views display in the AutoCAD View
dialog box.
Available
Indicates whether the view is included in the set. Select the checkbox to include the view.
Clear the checkbox to exclude the view.
Select All
Selects all of the check boxes in the Available column.
Delete All
Deletes all of the AutoCAD views that were previously created with this view set, and close
the dialog box.
Set Current
Sets the AutoCAD window to the selected view.
Isolate Box
Hides all AutoCAD entities outside the view box. Entities that cross the boundaries of the
view box are not hidden.
Show All
Shows all of the entities in the drawing.
Edit
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > Edit
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Plant menu: Utility > View > Edit
Command line: VIEWEDIT
Edits the box created with the VIEWBOX command. Double-clicking an existing view box runs
this command. For more information, see Box (on page 265).
Zoom Lock
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > Zoom Lock
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Plant menu: Utility > Zoom Lock
Settings toolbar:
The Settings toolbar Zoom Lock option is only available in CADWorx Plant
Professional.
Command line: ZOOMLOCK
Locks the AutoCAD ZOOM command to allow zooming in paper space only. This means that
while you are in paper space with the MSPACE command activated (the cursors are in the
Mview), you can zoom without resizing the model space viewport. Instead, this command
intercepts the ZOOM command and changes to paper space before zooming. When you are
finished zooming, the command returns the cursor and environment back to the Mview.
This command simplifies working on CADWorx isometrics.
Zoom Factors
Plant menu: Utility > Zoom Factors
This menu option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Command line: ZOOMF
Zooms an Mview to a specified scale. This command zooms to a perfect scale for your current
Mview. If you use this command from model space (tilemode 1), it displays a warning that
tilemode has to be set to 0 (paper space). After selecting the scale from one of the menus, a
prompt displays requesting the center of the view.
Bolt
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt
Auto Weld - Places weld gaps automatically after the last butt AUTOWELD
weld drawn. For more information, see Auto Weld (on page
271).
Weld Total - For more information, see Weld Total (on page WELDTOTAL
272).
Auto Gasket
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Auto Gasket
Plant Menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Auto Gasket
Command line: AUTOGASKET
Places a gasket on flange sets, and valves.
Automatic
Places a gasket into the drawing automatically.
Manual
Places a gasket into the drawing manually.
This option can also be set with a piping rule. For more information, see Piping Rules (on
page 55).
Automatic
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Automatic
Command line: AUTOBOLT
Assigns stud bolt sets with similar sizes and specifications to all gaskets within the current
selection set. Gaskets of different sizes and specifications are automatically handled.
Automatic
Places a bolt into the drawing automatically.
Manual
Places a bolt into the drawing manually.
When the Bolt Insertion rule is turned on and you place a flange in the drawing it
does not have a bolt until you place a flange or a valve on the other side. Only then is the bolt
automatically inserted into the drawing when necessary.
This option can also be set with a piping rule. For more information, see Piping Rules (on
page 55) and Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 58).
Auto Weld
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Auto Weld
Plant Menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Auto Weld
Command line: AUTOWELD
Places weld gaps on every end of any butt weld and socket weld component or only on every
end of any butt weld when the component is selected. Three different scenarios can occur when
the weld gaps are placed:
1. When a weld gap is automatically placed on the end of a butt weld or socket weld
component, do one of the following to place the next component:
Press ENTER to place the component at the weld gap.
Pick the end point of the weld gap symbol.
2. When a component, such as a tee, is inserted into a pipe, and the weld gaps are placed at
each end of the tee, the weld gaps automatically break and cut back the pipe on both sides
of the tee. If one exists, the branch connection pipe is also broken.
3. When a component is placed against another component that cannot be cut back, a weld
gap must already exist. For example, if you are placing a flange against an elbow, the elbow
must have an existing weld gap. If not, the software places the flange against the elbow
without any gap. In this scenario, it is your responsibility to place a weld gap before placing
the flange.
Automatic
Places a weld gap into the drawing automatically.
Manual
Places a weld gap into the drawing manually.
This option can also be set with a piping rule. For more information, see Piping Rules (on
page 55) and Apply Weld Insertion Rule (on page 57).
Setting BOM Item Type to Misc causes Isogen to process weld gaps as field fit welds. For
more information about the options on the Component Edit dialog box, see Local Edit (on
page 82). Use Isogen Option Switch 22 to increase cut piece add-on allowances for field fit
welds.
Weld Total
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Weld Total
Command line: WELDTOTAL
Counts weld gaps on a drawing for estimating purposes.
An example of the typical output is shown below. You can copy this information and paste it
into a text file or to a Microsoft Excel workbook.
Qty. Spec. Nominal Actual Thk. Linear Lg.
Standard
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Standard
Non Standard
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Non Standard
RT Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT
Auto Route
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Auto Route
Command Line: AUTOROUTE, ROUTE
You can also use the PIPW command to start routing pipe.
Starts the ROUTE in the X-Y plane as needed. This command can be used to route pipe from
one component to another without accessing the pipe, or elbow commands. The command is
best used to start a new route of pipe, but it also works to continue routing a previous section of
pipe. However, the most useful way to continue routing pipe is to use the + sign on the ends and
middle of the pipe. For more information on continuing routing, see Continue Routing (on page
279).
last point
Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component.
component List
Displays a list of available components to place in the drawing. All components available
display in the list based on the main size you have set.
Slope
Starts the pipe in a slope direction.
Meter
Places the slope rise or drop in the degrees entered based on meters.
Foot
Places the slope rise or drop in the degrees entered based on feet.
Rise
Places the slope rise or drop based on the degrees entered.
Projected Distance
Specifies the projected distance from the start point of the slope to the end point on
the slope along the x-axis.
Centerline Distance
Specifies the distance from the start point of the slope, as measured along the
centerline of the sloped pipe.
sKew
Places the pipe at a skewed angle and allows you to continue piping. To finish or end the
running of skewed piping, you must press ENTER. sKew works in conjunction with the
Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle rule. CADWorx does not allow the piping to be placed
at a greater angle then set in the piping rule. For more information on the rule, see Apply
Skew Pipe Maximum Angle (on page 63).
component List
Displays a list of available components to place in the drawing at the skewed point.
Plane
Starts the component in the XYZ plane plotting based on the UCS. Type P on the
command line, and then press ENTER to reorient the compass direction.
Undo
Takes you back to the previous step in your process.
Elevation
Starts the pipe perpendicular to the plane for routing.
Plane
Starts the component in the XYZ plane plotting based on the UCS. Type P on the command
line and press ENTER to reorient the compass direction.
Reference
Starts the line at a distance based on the reference point chosen.
Fitting mode
Starts the pipe as Buttweld, Socket Weld, Threaded, Flanged, or Special Endtype fitting
mode, depending on your selection.
elBow type
Enables you to select the elbow types based on the fitting mode you have selected. For
instance, with Buttweld the list would be Long Radius Buttweld, Short Radius Buttweld,
or Miter Elbow Buttweld. However, for Socket Weld the list would be Elbow Socket Weld
and Miter Elbow Socket Weld. You can change the fitting mode of the router in the
CADWorx Spec View palette. For more information, see Draw pipe components (on page
105).
Undo
Undoes the last piece of routed pipe.
Connect
Connects to a component or other piece of pipe.
Components
Displays all possible connecting directions to the component or pipe using an image
of piping.
Lines
Displays specific lines in a box form for connecting to the component or pipe.
Toggle length
Toggles the dimension of the pipe from the start point.
Alignment
Starts the pipe at a chosen alignment.
Center
Center of pipe
BOP
Bottom of pipe
TOP
Top of pipe
Left
Left of pipe
Right
Right of pipe
TOP
Places the pipe along the top of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
BOP
Places the pipe along the bottom of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Additional Auto Routing Commands
AUTOROUTELR
Defaults to route long radius elbows.
AUTOROUTESR
Defaults to route short radius elbows.
AUTOROUTESW
Defaults to route socket weld piping.
AUTOROUTETHRD
Defaults to route threaded piping.
AUTOROUTEFLG
Defaults to route flanged piping components.
AUTOROUTESPECEND
Defaults to route special end piping components.
Continue Routing
This procedure does not require a command to start. However, the ROUTE command used to
start new piping, can also be used to continue routing pipe.
The options below display when selecting the middle grip point on a pipe to insert a
component in an already routed piece of piping. If you select the grip point at the end of a piping
run the run just continues as a normal pipe with the options listed in Auto Route (on page 275).
List
Displays a list of available components to place in the drawing.
poinT distance
Enables you to specify a point on the pipe or component to move the selected component.
Component distance
Displays the distance from the selected component to the selected piping or component.
The distance measured to a specifically selected component can be changed by using
Point.
Point
Enables you to change the distance from the selected component to another component
on the same linear pipe.
Pipe end point distance
Displays the distance measurement from the selected component to the end of the pipe.
Repeating the command changes the direction of the measurement to the opposite end of
the piping, where it connects to the next component.
insertion Justification
Changes the justification of a selected component from the end of the piping. Justification
for the component is left, right, or center. Use the Pipe end point distance option by typing
P on the command line, which enables you to change the justification from either end of the
piping.
Change connection
Enables you to change the direction of a component. This option is only available on certain
components when using the List or component List option.
Turning on Auto Connect (on page 216) allows you to continue routing from your last point
without having to click the grip point or without pressing ENTER. Turn off Auto Connect to
start from a different point, or to start a new point in the drawing.
You can move components by typing MOVECOMPONENT on the command line. The
above options, as well as the TAB key, are available with the MOVECOMPONENT
command. You can move more than one component at a time with MOVECOMPONENT.
You can also move components around to the other side of an elbow.
TAB key - Allows components to jump over other components in the piping after they
have been selected using the MOVECOMPONENT command.
Piping can be moved and lengthened by using the MOVELINE command. For more
information, see Moveline (on page 281).
As you click, the pipe stops at that point, and allows you to go in any other direction. Do not
click on the screen unless you want the pipe to stop.
You can change a tee to a cross by selecting the plus grip point on the main at the
opposite side of the branch.
You can add a pipe branch or nipple to a reducer with the plus grip point on the side.
Moveline
Enables you to move, lengthen, or change the elevation of the piping in the plane.
Elevation
Enables you to move the elevation of the piping.
Pick
Select the elevation point in the drawing to place the piping.
BOP
Places the piping in the elevation based on the Bottom of Pipe.
TOP
Places the piping in the elevation based on the Top of Pipe.
1. Select the piping.
The grip points display.
2. Select a grip point .
3. Move the piping as needed.
To move the piping in the elevation, type E on the command line and then follow the
prompts. The prompt options are listed above.
If an item is unable to move, a message displays on the command line.
Router
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Router
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Router
Command line: ROUTER
Draws a 3D polyline for the previous welded, threaded, and socket automatic routing routines.
If you are using known 3D points, the UCS must be at the world position: Type UCS on the
command line, and press ENTER.
Unlike a normal 3D polyline, the elevation must be controlled with the Elevation option of
the Router command or the UCS position.
Slope
Specifies the known slope or drop per foot to the next point in degrees (positive or negative).
Alternatively, use one of the options listed below to define the slope. This option does not
take effect until the next point is selected. For example, select the Slope option and then
select the next point of the 3D polyline for a change to the new position.
Meter
Defines the rise or drop in millimeters per meter.
Foot
Defines the rise or drop in inches per foot.
Drop
Defines the drop to the next point as a real number, such as 1'-8
Rise
Defines the rise to the next point as a real number, such as 2'-9.
Continuous
Turns constant sloping on or off.
Position
Starts the 3D polyline at an elevated position. This option does not take effect until the next
point is selected. For example, select the Position option and then select the next point of
the 3D polyline for a change to the new position.
Nominal
Determine the present size used by the BOP or TOP option.
Size
Determines the present size used by the BOP or TOP option.
BOP
Draws the 3D polyline one-half the present set size upward.
TOP
Draws the 3D polyline one-half the present set size downward.
Centerline
Default when starting this routine. You can change to the bottom of pipe BOP
option, then change back with this option.
Reference
Starts the line at a given distance from a reference point. After you provide this reference
point, you must provide relative/polar coordinates with an @ location.
Elevation
Changes the elevation in conjunction with the present UCS coordinate system. The
elevation change can be expressed using a positive or a negative number.
World
Specifies the elevation in the world coordinate system.
Pick
Establishes the working elevation based on a point selected in the drawing. You can
use object snap, if necessary.
Undo
Removes the last 3D polyline segment, and prompts you to enter the next point.
Specify next point
Selects the next point along the 3D polyline segment. Press ENTER to end the selection.
Router commands
The CADWorx Plant auto route commands listed below provide a quick and effective way of
drawing pipe. You can draw long radius, short radius, threaded, or socket weld pipe.
Buttweld LR (on page 283)
Buttweld SR (on page 284)
Threaded (on page 284)
Socket Weld (on page 285)
All commands have the same options.
Buttweld LR
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Buttweld LR
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Buttweld LR
Command line: ROUTEBWLR
Draws a long radius pipe.
Elbows only
Draws only elbows on a particular pipe run.
Pick points
Draws pipe and elbows on a particular pipe run. The software first prompts you to select a
starting point. Afterwards, you select a location point for each elbow you want to place,
followed by an ending location. Press ENTER to finish the command. Pipe and elbows are
drawn along each construction point.
Buttweld SR
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Buttweld SR
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Buttweld SR
Command line: ROUTEBWSR
Draws a short radius pipe.
Elbows only
Draws only elbows on a particular pipe run.
Pick points
Draws pipe and elbows on a particular pipe run. The software first prompts you to select a
starting point. Afterwards, you select a location point for each elbow you want to place,
followed by an ending location. Press ENTER to finish the command. Pipe and elbows are
drawn along each construction point.
Threaded
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Threaded
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Threaded
Command line: ROUTETHRD
Draws threaded pipe.
Elbows only
Draws only elbows on a particular pipe run.
Pick points
Draws pipe and elbows on a particular pipe run. The software first prompts you to select a
starting point. Afterwards, you select a location point for each elbow you want to place,
followed by an ending location. Press ENTER to finish the command. Pipe and elbows are
drawn along each construction point.
Socket Weld
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Socket Weld
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Socket Weld
Command line: ROUTESW
Draws socket weld pipe.
Elbows only
Draws only elbows on a particular pipe run.
Pick points
Draws pipe and elbows on a particular pipe run. The software first prompts you to select a
starting point. Afterwards, you select a location point for each elbow you want to place,
followed by an ending location. Press ENTER to finish the command. Pipe and elbows are
drawn along each construction point.
VUE Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: VUE
Export to VUE
CADWorx Plant I tab: VUE > Export to VUE
Command line: EXPORTVUEFORMAT
Exports CADWorx drawings to VUE file format. After export the software creates a .vue, a .drv,
a .txt, an .mdb2, and a .log files.
The software exports the following objects as polymesh when you run Export to VUE :
classic CADWorx objects (rolled pipe, some reducing elbows)
steel without data
any other object enabler 3D solid types
Entire Drawing
Exports entire drawing to a VUE file.
Select Objects
Exports selected objects to a VUE file.
When you have Microsoft Office 32 bit installed, the software does not export the .mdb2
file. For the software to create the .mdb2 file, you must have the following software
requirements:
CADWorx Plant 64 bit
Microsoft Access Database Engine 2010 Redistributable 64 Bit
Dimension Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions
Command Name Command Line
Automatic - Automatically creates dimensions for a set of AUTODIM
components that you select. For more information, see
Automatic (on page 289).
Horizontal - Places horizontal dimensions. For more DIMH
information, see Horizontal (on page 289).
Vertical - Places vertical dimensions. For more information, DIMV
see Vertical (on page 290).
Set - Sets the elevation. For more information, see Set (on ELEV
page 290).
Rotated - Places rotated dimensions. For more information, DIMR
see Rotated (on page 291).
Horizontal with Tail - Places tailed horizontal dimensions DIMTAILH
on objects from a user-selected reference point. For more
information, see Horizontal with Tail (on page 291).
Vertical with Tail - Places tailed vertical dimensions on DIMTAILV
objects from a user-selected reference point. For more
information, see Vertical with Tail (on page 292).
Change - Changes the elevation. For more information, see CHANGEELEV
Change (on page 292).
Component - Places component annotation. For more ANOTCOMP
information, see Component (on page 293).
Elevation - Places component elevation annotation. For ANOTELEV
more information, see Elevation (on page 293).
Coordinates - Places coordinates in either a user DIMCOORD
coordinate system or a world coordinate system. For more
information, see Coordinates (on page 294).
Tick Mark - Shows which side of the dimension extension TICK
line the gasket is on. For more information, see Tick Mark
(on page 295).
ISO Text - Creates 0, 30, and 330 oblique angled text in
paper space when working with isometrics. For more
information, see ISO Text (on page 296).
Height - Changes the height of selected text by matching it TEXTHEIGHT
with other text. For more information, see Height (on page
296).
Automatic
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Automatic
Plant menu: Dimension > Automatic
Command line: AUTODIM
Automatically creates dimensions for a set of components that you select. Options to set the
offset distance and whether to include flanges are also provided.
Options
Flange
Dimensions flange faces. You specify whether flange dimensioning is turned On or Off.
Offset
Specifies the distance from the dimension line to the component.
Selection
Starts the dimensioning process.
Horizontal
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Horizontal
Plant menu: Dimension > Multiple > Horizontal
Command line: DIMH
Places horizontal dimensions. You are prompted for the points to dimension. To end the
sequence, you must type D for dimension line.
Vertical
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Vertical
Plant menu: Dimension > Multiple > Vertical
Command line: DIMV
Places vertical dimensions. You are prompted for the points to dimension. To end the sequence,
you must type D for dimension line.
Set
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Set
Plant menu: Utility > Elevation > Set
Command line: ELEV
Places piping at a preset elevation. This is the standard AutoCAD Elev command. When using
this option, remember to place the elevation back to 0'-0" for the proper elevation placement of
all future components. Use this command with caution. An alternative is to use the Flat (on page
328) command built into CADWorx (VIEWFLAT).
Refer to the AutoCAD documentation for complete details regarding this command (ELEV).
Rotated
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Rotated
Plant menu: Dimension > Multiple > Rotated
Command line: DIMR
Places rotated dimensions. You are prompted for the angle of rotation and the points to
dimension. To end the sequence, you must type D for dimension line.
Change
CADWorx Plant II: Dimensions > Change
Command line: CHANGELEV
Moves all selected entities (blocks, lines, polylines and so on) to a new elevation in reference
with the world coordinate system. You can also change a component elevation to 1/2 its actual
outside diameter.
Arbitrary
Places the component anywhere in the drawing.
BOP Correction
Aligns the pipe bottom with the center of the connected piece.
Component
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Component
Plant menu: Text > Annotate > Component
Command line: ANOTCOMP
Places component annotation.
Options
Tag
Annotates the component with its tag.
Long
Annotate the component with its long description and appends the size to the front.
Short
Annotates the component with its short description and appends the size to the front.
Justify
Allows five different justifications according to the AutoCAD standards. For more information
please refer to the AutoCAD documentation.
Leader
Adds a leader to the text.
Start point
Specifies the starting point for the text.
Elevation
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Elevation
Plant menu: Text > Annotate > Elevation
Command line: ANOTELEV
Places component elevation annotation.
Options
BOP
Labels the bottom of the pipe elevation.
TOP
Labels the top of the pipe elevation.
Centerline
Labels the centerline elevation.
Justify
Allows five different justifications according to the AutoCAD standards. For more information
please refer to the AutoCAD documentation.
Leader
Adds a leader to the text.
Start point
Specifies the starting point for the text.
Coordinates
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Coordinates
Plant menu: Dimension > Coordinates
Command line: DIMCOORD
Places coordinates in either a user coordinate system or a world coordinate system. You can
place the text at the coordinate with or without a leader.
TEXTSIZE is controlled by DIMSCALE and DIMTXT.
Options
Leader
Places a leader.
Other point
Places the dimension text in an alternate location without a leader.
Same point
Places the dimension text at the same location which is picked without a leader.
Centerline
Places the dimension text either with a north or east designation. This option labels a
vertical dimension as east and a horizontal dimension as north.
The following AutoCAD setvars affect the dimensioning routines: DIMALT, DIMALTD,
DIMALTF, DIMASZ, DIMBLK, DIMEXE, DIMEXO, DIMLFAC, DIMTXT, DIMZIN, DIMSCALE,
LUNITS, LUPREC, and UNITMODE.
Place coordinates
1. Click Coordinates . Alternatively, type DIMCOORD on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. If necessary, press ENTER, or type Y on the command line and press ENTER, to change to
the world coordinate system.
3. Select an extension line point.
4. Select an option.
5. Follow the prompts to place the coordinates.
The coordinates display.
Tick Mark
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Tick Mark
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Tick Mark
Command line: TICK
Shows which side of the dimension extension line the gasket is on.
This command is dependent upon the DIMSCALE being set properly. For example; if the gasket
thickness was set to 1/8" and the scale of the drawing was set to full, the distance from the
extension line to the tick mark would be 1/8". If the scale of the drawing was set to 3/4"=1'-0",
the distance from the tick mark to the extension line would be 3/8". This insures that the tick
mark is visible on a plotted drawing.
The initial prompt allows you to set the thickness, but does not appear again during the single
drawing session. Changing the thickness is allowed in the next prompt.
ISO Text
Plant menu: Text > ISO Text
Creates 0, 30, and 330 oblique angled text in paper space when working with isometrics. These
commands are similar to the AutoCAD DTEXT command.
Height
Plant menu: Text > Height
Command line: TEXTHEIGHT
Changes the height of selected text by matching it with other text. This is useful when you are
zoomed to an unknown factor in paper space.
Options
Entire drawing
Chooses all text on the drawing.
Layer
Specifies a layer for selection. CADWorx’s default text layer is TEXT.
Selection
Matches the height of text that you select.
Each of the Graphics commands opens a related dialog box, which is used to preview and
select a graphic for placement in the drawing. A drawing file is used to display the preview
graphic in the dialog box. These graphic drawing files are delivered to the [Product
Folder]\Support folder. They can be modified to meet your specific project requirements.
A modified graphic drawing file must contain the same number of attributes as are
currently in the drawing.
COL1 (Position 1) - Drawing used in the dialog box for preview image.
COL2 (Position 40) - Name displayed in the dialog box for graphic name.
COL3 (Position 75) - Function used to draw the graphic in the drawing with
arguments.
System Prompts
The system prompts required to draw the graphic types delivered with the software are outlined
in the table below.
Function System Response
Prompt 1 Pick left justified insertion point: pick a point in the drawing
Rotation angle: pick a direction or enter angle
Enter scale: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER
Prompt 2 Pick left justified insertion point: pick point in the drawing
Rotation angle: pick direction or enter angle
Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER
Enter scale: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER
Prompt 3 Pick left justified insertion point: pick a point in the drawing
Rotation angle: pick a direction in the drawing or enter angle
Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: A)
Enter drawing: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 106)
Enter scale: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 3/8"=1'-0")
Prompt 15 Pick insertion point: pick a point in the drawing (not center insertion, outside edge)
Pick direction: pick a direction in the drawing
Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 101)Weld
Section
CADWorx Plant II tab: Section
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Plant menu: Graphics > Section
Command line: SECTIONS
Opens the Sections dialog box, which allows you to select a section graphic for placement in
the drawing.
The table below lists the section graphics that display in the Sections dialog box by default. The
table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that defines the graphical representation,
as well as the name of the function used for placement. Each function carries with it a specific
set of prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the drawing. For more
information, see System Prompts (on page 299).
Detail
CADWorx Plant II tab: Detail
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Plant menu: Graphics > Details
Command line: DETAILS
Opens the Details dialog box, which allows you to select a detail graphic for placement in the
drawing.
Plan
CADWorx Plant II tab: Plan
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Plant menu: Graphics > Plans
Command line: PLANS
Opens the Plans dialog box, which allows you to select a plan graphic for placement in the
drawing.
Instrument
CADWorx Plant II tab: Instrument
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Plant menu: Graphics > Instruments
Command line: INSTRUMENTS
Opens the Instruments dialog box, which allows you to select an instrument graphic for
placement in the drawing.
Elevation
CADWorx Plant II tab: Elevation
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Plant menu: Graphics > Elevations
Command line: ELEVATIONS
Opens the Elevations dialog box, which allows you to select an elevation graphic for placement
in the drawing.
Elevations Dialog Box
Displays the elevation graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Displays a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
Each elevation graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files are
delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit your
specific project requirements. You can also create additional graphics, and add them to the
dialog box. For more information, see Graphics / Pipe Ends (on page 297).
The table below lists the elevation graphics that display in the Elevations dialog box by default.
The table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that define the graphical
representation, as well as the name of the function used for placement. Each function carries
with it a specific set of prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the drawing.
For more information, see System Prompts (on page 299).
Arrow
CADWorx Plant II tab: Arrow
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Plant menu: Graphics > Arrows
Command line: ARROWS
Opens the Arrows dialog box, which allows you to select an arrow head graphic for placement
in the drawing.
Weld
CADWorx Plant II tab: Weld
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Plant menu: Graphics > Weld
Command line: WELDS
Opens the Weld Symbols dialog box, which allows you to select a weld symbol graphic for
placement in the drawing.
ISO
CADWorx Plant II tab: ISO
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Plant menu: Graphics > ISO
Command line: ISOS
Opens the Isometric Symbols dialog box, which allows you to select an isometric symbol
graphic for placement in the drawing.
Dots
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dots
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Plant menu: Graphics > Dots
Command line: DOTS
Opens the Dots dialog box, which allows you to select a weld dot graphic for placement in the
drawing.
Dots Dialog Box
Displays the weld dot graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Displays a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
Each weld dot graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files are
delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit your
specific project requirements. You can also create additional graphics, and add them to the
dialog box. For more information, see Graphics / Pipe Ends (on page 297).
The table below lists the weld dot graphics that display in the Dots dialog box by default. The
table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that defines the graphical representation,
as well as the name of the function used for placement. Each function carries with it a specific
set of prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the drawing. For more
information, see System Prompts (on page 299).
Dots Graphic Name AutoCAD Drawing Name Function Name
Head S1.dwg Prompt 1
Head w/ Attrib S2.dwg Prompt 2
Head w/ 2Attrib S3.dwg Prompt 3
End w/ Attrib S4.dwg Prompt 4
End w 2Attrib S5.dwg Prompt 5
End S6.dwg Prompt 6
Middle S7.dwg Prompt 6
Misc
CADWorx Plant II tab: Misc
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Plant menu: Graphics > Misc
Command line: MISC
Opens the Miscellaneous dialog box, which allows you to select a graphic for placement in the
drawing.
Flange O.D.
CADWorx Plant II tab: Flange O.D.
Plain End
CADWorx Plant II tab: Plain End
Pipe Ends toolbar: Plain End
Command line: ENDPLAIN
Draws a circle around the diameter of the selected pipe at the size and specification currently
defined for the drawing. The circle, which represents the end view of a pipe, is placed at the
center of the selected point.
Hidden End
CADWorx Plant II tab: Hidden End
Pipe Ends toolbar: Hidden End
Command line: ENDHIDDEN
Draws a circle around the diameter of the selected pipe at the size and specification currently
defined for the drawing. The circle, which represents the end view of a pipe, is drawn with a
hidden line type and placed at the center of the selected point.
Pipe End
CADWorx Plant II tab: Pipe End
Pipe Ends toolbar: Pipe End
Command line: ENDPIPE
Places a baseball at the center of the selected point. The size and the layer of the baseball are
determined by the current defined specification.
Layers Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers
Set Layer - Sets the current layer to that of an object that LAYERSET
you select. For more information, see Set Layer (on page
316).
Layer Off - Turns off the layer associated with an entity LAYEROFF
that you select. For more information, see Layer Off (on
page 317).
On - Turns a layer back on that was turned off with the LAYERON
Layer Off command. For more information, see Layer On
(on page 317).
Isolate Layer - Turns off all layers except for the layer LAYERISOLATE
associated with an entity that you select. For more
information, see Isolate Layer (on page 318).
Previous - Sets the current layer back to the previous layer LAYERRESTORE
when you have placed dimensioning or text. For more
information, see Previous (on page 318).
Change Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Change Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Change
Command line: LAYERCHANGE
Changes an object’s layer to the layer associated with another object that you select. You can
select the objects to change individually or with a fence.
Set Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Set Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Set
Command line: LAYERSET
Sets the current layer to that of an object that you select. You must select an individual object.
Delete Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Delete Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Delete
Command line: LAYERDELETE
Removes all of the entities on the layer associated with an entity that you select. For example,
you can delete all the entities, such as lines, text, and so on, on layer 0. You must select an
individual entity.
If you select the VIEWL layer, the software displays a warning message. Deleting the VIEWL
layer deletes a block named CPM which the software inserts when beginning a new drawing.
This block contains information (sizes, specification, and so on) that are used when opening an
existing drawing. If you delete this layer, this information is not available for the next drawing
session. You can re-enter this information.
Delete a layer
1. Click Delete Layer .
2. Select the object whose layer you want to delete.
The software deletes the layer associated with the selected object.
Layer Off
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Layer Off
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Off
Command line: LAYEROFF
Turns off the layer associated with an entity that you select. You must select an Individual entity.
Layer On
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Layer On
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > On
Command line: LAYERON
Turns a layer back on that was turned off with the Layer Off command. For more information,
see Layer Off (on page 317). No selection is required.
Match Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Match Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Match
Command line: MATCH
Changes an object’s layer to match that of another object that you select.
Isolate Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Isolate Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Isolate
Command line: LAYERISOLATE
Turns off all layers except for the layer associated with an entity that you select.
Un-Isolate Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Un-Isolate Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Un-Isolate
Command line: LAYERUNISO
Turns all of the layers on. No selection is required.
Previous
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Previous
Command line: LAYERRESTORE
Sets the current layer back to the previous layer when you have placed dimensioning or text.
This command is only available after these two items are placed. This command does not
restore a previous layer that has been changed with the Layer or Ddlmodes commands.
Restraints Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints
The types of restraints used with CADWorx Plant are listed in the table below.
Command Name Command Line
Reinforcing Pad - Inserts intelligent information indicating a REINFPAD
reinforcement pad. For more information, see Reinforcing Pad
(on page 320).
Reinforcing Saddle - Inserts intelligent information indicating REINFSAD
a reinforcement saddle. For more information, see Reinforcing
Saddle (on page 320).
Translational - Creates a translational-type restraint. For TRANSLATIONAL
more information, see Translational (on page 321).
Anchor - Creates an anchor-type restraint. For more ANCHOR
information, see Anchor (on page 322).
Spring Hanger- Creates a spring hanger-type restraint. For SPRING
more information, see Spring Hanger (on page 322).
Rotational - Creates a rotational-type restraint. For more ROTATIONAL
information, see Rotational (on page 323).
Snubber - Creates a snubber-type restraint. For more SNUBBER
information, see Snubber (on page 323).
Guide - Creates a guide-type restraint. For more information, GUIDE
see Guide (on page 324).
Restraints appear on the drawing in a symbolic format. You can modify the symbol shape that
appears on the output drawing by editing the restraint drawing file. These drawing files are
delivered to the [Product Folder]\Support folder. If necessary, a restraint symbol can be re-
drawn as a three-dimensional shape. In these instances, you must maintain the base of the
restraint at 0,0,0 and the direction of the restraint at 0 degrees.
The restraint is used in the bi-directional link with CAESAR II. The position of the restraint is
important for the evaluation of the stress model within CAESAR II. For example, you can
position a rotational restraint at any vector.
The CAESARIITolerance (on page 38) variable is useful when the bi-directional process
encounters a problem locating a restraint along a pipe line, especially if the pipe line is
sloped.
All supports drawn using the Restraint commands in CADWorx Plant are exported as guides
to Isogen. To export a different symbol to Isogen, use the Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page
89) to change the SKEY. Acceptable SKEY values are: Four blank characters, ANCH,
DUCK, GUID, SKID, SPRG, and HANG. For information about the sample Isogen shapes
used with these SKEYS, see the Isogen Symbol Keys Reference Guide, which you can find
in [Product Folder]Plant\Isogen\I-Configure\resdlls\0009.
You can also use the Isogen Data dialog box to change the support direction.
Reinforcing Pad
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Reinforcing Pad
Reinforcing Saddle
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Reinforcing Saddle
Translational
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Translational
Anchor
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Anchor
Place an anchor
1. Click Anchor on the Restraints panel.
2. Click where you want the anchor placed.
3. Select a direction in the drawing.
4. Type a numerical value on the command line, and press ENTER.
The anchor is placed in the drawing.
Spring Hanger
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Spring Hanger
Rotational
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Rotational
Restraints toolbar: Rotational
Command line: ROTATIONAL
Creates a rotational-type restraint.
This type of restraint appears on the drawing in a symbolic format.
Snubber
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Snubber
Guide
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Guide
Place a guide
1. Click Guide on the Restraints panel.
2. Click where you want the guide placed.
3. Select a direction in the drawing.
4. Type a numerical value on the command line, and press ENTER.
The guide is placed in the drawing.
UCS Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS
Flat - Places the current user coordinate system in the flat VIEWFLAT
position. For more information, see Flat (on page 328).
Next - Places the current user coordinate system in the next UCSNEXT
position. For more information, see UCS Next (on page
328).
East - Places the current user coordinate system in the east VIEWEAST
position. For more information, see East (on page 330).
If you cannot see the rubber band effect, or if it doesn’t appear correctly, you are out of plane.
Pay attention to the icon as it shows where you are. If the broken pencil icon appears, and there
are strange lines on the screen instead of pipe and components, your current plane is
perpendicular to the viewpoint. Use the Undo command, or change the viewpoint.
When dimensioning or annotating an isometric or 3D model, place the UCS icon on a node or a
centerline on the run you are working on. The text has the same orientation as the icon.
Xtext
Rotates the UCS 180 degrees along the X-axis. When you view a model from the bottom
side using a view point with a negative angle from the X-Y plane, text and dimension
placement is upside down and backwards. This option rotates the X-axis of the UCS to
remedy this. Text and dimensions are then placed in the proper orientation for viewing and
plotting. If you change from a negative to positive angle from the X-Y view point, you must
replace the text for the proper orientation.
Ztext
Rotates the UCS 180 degrees along the Z-axis. When viewing a model from the back side
using a view point with a 0 to 180 degree angle in the X-Y plane from the X axis, text and
dimension placement is upside down and backwards. This option rotates the Z-axis of the
UCS to remedy this. Text and dimensions are then placed in the proper orientation for
viewing and plotting. If you change to a rear view position (180 - 360 degree angle in the X-
Y plane from the X-axis), you must replace the text for the proper orientation.
Elevation
Sets the elevation to the present UCS. This command does not set the depth in a North,
South, East, or West plane. Setting an elevation of 10' (when the present elevation is 0')
raises the UCS to 10' regardless of the position.
Rotate
Rotates the present UCS around the X-, Y-, and Z-axes. For example, rotating the UCS to
45 degrees after inserting a 45 degree elbow allows you to place other components in line
with the 45 degree elbow.
COordinate
Specifies an exact X, Y, Z-coordinate in relation to the WCS (world coordinate system).
CLip
Clips the view at the present plane set by the UCS. This plane can be established with the
Point and Shoot UCS options or any three-point UCS position. The plane can be skewed at
any angle.
On
Turns on view clipping with clipping distances as set by the Back and Front options.
Off
Turns off view clipping.
Back
Sets the distance to the back of the clipping area. This value must be a negative number. If
this value is positive, it can clip past the front clipping area and leave nothing in the view.
Front
Sets the distance to the front of the clipping area. This value must be a positive number. If
this value is negative, it can clip past the back clipping area and leave nothing in the view.
The CLip option is also available as the command VIEWCLIP.
Pick point
Moves the 0,0,0 user base to a point you select. Press Enter to keep the UCS at the same
origin but switch to a new plane. For example, press Enter to change from the north plate to
a west plane.
You must enter other UCS positions with AutoCAD’s UCS command. Two extremely useful
options in this command are the OBject and 3 Point. Leave the UCSICON on and set to origin
when using any method of rearranging the UCS.
If you select a point close to the screens edge, and the UCS icon is on and set to origin,
the icon may not remain at this point. AutoCAD requires that the whole icon be visible and
places the icon in the lower left corner of the screen. If this happens, zoom out a little or pan
toward the new UCS position.
Flat
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > Flat
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
UCS toolbar: Flat
Plant menu: UCS > Flat
Command line: VIEWFLAT
Places the current user coordinate system in the flat position.
UCS Next
UCS toolbar: Next
Plant menu: UCS > UCS Next
Command line: UCSNEXT
Toggles through each of the Point and Shoot UCS positions.
Compass
UCS toolbar: Compass
Command line: COMPASS
Displays a compass-type symbol that indicates the Point and Shoot orientation. The symbol
displays at the point you select.
North
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > North
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
UCS toolbar: North
Plant menu: UCS > North
Command line: VIEWNORTH
Places the current user coordinate system in the north position.
South
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > South
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
West
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > West
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
UCS toolbar: West
Plant menu: UCS > West
Command line: VIEWWEST
Places the current user coordinate system in the west position.
East
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > East
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
UCS Object
UCS toolbar: UCS Object
Plant menu: UCS > UCS Object
Command line: UCS
Orients the UCS according to an object that you select. Please refer to the AutoCAD
documentation on the UCS (User Coordinate System) for more detail.
This command is useful for rearranging dimensions in the model space (MSPACE) of a
CADWorx isometric model. Run this command, and then select the dimension. The software
places the UCS according to the position of the dimension allowing it to be stretched and
moved.
Channel CSHAPE
Angle LSHAPE
Tee TSHAPE
Pipe PSHAPE
Tube TSSHAPE
Z ZSHAPE
Shapes
CADWorx Steel tab > Steel Shapes panel
Plant menu: Steel > Shapes
Command line: STEEL
Draws many different steel shapes in the drawing. When placing steel shapes, you can:
attach steel shapes to lines or you can specify the end points.
place members into the current UCS.
define the location of the centerline and the angle about the centerline.
place steel on arcs.
copy, stretch, or edit the size with the edit function.
Description
Defines the component description. The default value is the "DESCRIPTION=" value in the
data file header.
Part Number
Specifies the part number for the component. You can enter the part number yourself or use
the part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page 49) startup
variable.
Material
Specifies the material for the component. The default value is the "MATERIAL=" value in the
data file header.
Pick Points
Click to define the component by two points on the screen.
Select Lines
Click to select lines in the drawing to place the component. The length and position of the
line define the component.
Properties
Activates the Properties dialog box that you can use to edit the shape properties before
placement. For more information, see Properties Dialog Box.
User Input
Activates the User Input dialog box that you can use to create a custom-dimensioned
shape. Select a shape that is close to the size you need before clicking User Input. For
more information, see User Input Dialog Box.
Required columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
DEPTH - Depth
WEB_THK - Web Thickness
FLG_WIDTH - Flange Width
FLG_THK - Flange Thickness
R - Fillet Radius (not used)
Channel Shapes
Data file sample (TYPE=C)
Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
WEB_THK - Web Thickness
FLG_WIDTH - Flange Width
FLG_THK - Flange Thickness
R - Fillet Radius (not used)
X - Centroid location X axis (used only when SteelNeutralAxis = 0)
Angle Shapes
Data file sample (TYPE=L)
Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
LEG1 - Leg 1 length
LEG2 - Leg 2 length
THK - Thickness
R - Fillet Radius (not used)
X - Centroid location X axis (used only when SteelNeutralAxis = 0)
Y - Centroid location Y axis (used only when center line location is set to center)
Tee Shapes
Data file sample (TYPE=WT)
Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
DEPTH - Depth
STEM_THK - Stem Thickness
FLG_WIDTH - Flange Width
FLG_THK - Flange Thickness
R - Fillet Radius (not used)
Y - Centroid location Y axis (used only when center line location is set to center)
Pipe Shapes
Data file sample (Type=P)
Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
OD - Outside Diameter
WALL_THK - Wall Thickness (not used)
Tube Shapes
Data file sample (Type=TS)
Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
SIDE1 - Side 1 length
SIDE2 - Side 2 length
THK - Thickness
R - Fillet Radius (not used)
Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
WIDTH - Width
THK - Thickness
Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
OD - Outside Diameter
Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
DEPTH - Web Thickness
THK - Thickness
FLG_WIDTH - Flange Width
LIP - Lip Length
X - Centroid location X axis (used only when SteelNeutralAxis = 0)
Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
LEG1 - Leg 1 length
THK - Thickness
LEG2 - Leg 2 length
LIP - Lip Length
X - Centroid location X axis (used only when SteelNeutralAxis = 0)
Y - Centroid location Y axis (used only when center line location is set to center)
Z Shapes
Data file sample (TYPE=Z):
Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WEIGHT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
HEIGHT - Height
THK - Thickness
LEG1 - Leg 1 length
LIP1 - Lip 1 length (optional)
LEG2 - Leg 2 length (optional)
LIP2 - Lip 2 length (optional)
THK_LEG1 - Leg 1 thickness (optional)
THK_LEG2 - Lip 1 thickness (optional)
THK_LIP1 - Leg 2 thickness (optional)
THK_LIP2 - Lip 2 thickness (optional)
Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
LEG1 - Leg 1 length
LEG2 - Leg 2 length
THK - Thickness
Y - Centroid location Y axis (used only when center line location is set to center)
Hand Rail - Places hand rails in the drawing. For more SHRAIL
information, see Handrail (on page 380).
Plate
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Plate
Part Member
Specifies the part number for the plate. You can enter the part number yourself or use the
part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page 49) startup
variable.
Material
Specifies the material for the plate. The default value is the "MATERIAL=" value in the data
file header.
Length
Displays the length of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate
aligned along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by
the long segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Width
Displays the width of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate aligned
along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by the long
segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Weight
Displays the weight of the plate. Select Manual Update to enter the value yourself.
Manual Update
Select this option to manually specify the plate weight in the Weight box. Clear this option to
have the software compute the plate weight using the shape and the weight defined in the
data file.
Insert Location
Select the centerline location for the plate. This option is only available when editing an
existing plate in the model.
Pick Points
Click to define the plates by its corners.
Select Lines
Click to define the plate using an existing closed polyline shape.
Select Curves
Click to define the plate using an existing closed curved shape.
7. Right-click.
8. Enter the width distance for the plate.
9. Click in the model to indicate which direction to apply the width.
10. Select Bottom, Center, or Top for the insertion location.
Base Plate
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Base Plate
Details
Existing
Edits the existing status of the plate.
Short annotation
Defines the short annotation name for the plate. The default value is the text in the
MEMBER column of the data file up to the first "X" character.
Long annotation
Defines the long annotation name for the plate. The default value is the text in the MEMBER
column of the data file.
Description
Defines the plate description. The default value is the "DESCRIPTION=" value in the data
file header.
Part number
Specifies the part number for the plate. You can enter the part number yourself or use the
part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page 49) startup
variable.
Material
Specifies the material for the plate. The default value is the "MATERIAL=" value in the data
file header.
Weight
Displays the weight of the plate. The software automatically subtracts the material weight
removed by any holes from the plate weight. Select Manual Update to enter the value
yourself.
Manual Update
Select this option to manually specify the plate weight in the Weight box. Clear this option to
have the software compute the plate weight using the shape and the weight defined in the
data file.
Plate Dimensions
Length
Displays the length of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate
aligned along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by
the long segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Width
Displays the width of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate aligned
along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by the long
segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Rotation
Specifies the rotation angle for the plate placement.
X offset
Specifies the X-axis offset from the plate centroid.
Y offset
Specifies the Y-axis offset from the plate centroid.
Hole Dimensions
On/Off
Select this option to place holes in the base plate. Clear this option to place a plate without
holes.
Row count
Enter the number of hole rows.
Row spacing
Enter the distance between the hole rows measured from the center of the holes.
Column count
Enter the number of hole columns.
Column spacing
Enter the distance between the hole columns measured from the center of the holes.
Diameter
Enter the diameter of the hole.
Rotation
Enter the angle at which to rotate the hole rows and columns within the base plate.
Slotted length
Enter a distance to create an elongated hole. This distance is measured from the hole
center.
X offset
Specifies the X-axis offset for the holes. Holes places at zero offset are at the base plate
center.
Y offset
Specifies the Y-axis offset for the holes. Holes places at zero offset are at the base plate
center.
Pick Point
Click to place the base plate.
Steel Bolts
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Steel Bolts
Command line: BTSHAPE
Draws bolts in the drawing. You can place bolt shapes on lines, or you can specify the end
points.
Draw Steel Dialog Box
Select Type
Select the shape to place. The drop down lists each folder defined by the
SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 48) startup variable. In each folder is a Type.ini file
specifying the member type in that folder (W, T, TS, and so forth).
Select Data File
Select the data file that contains the component to place. All the data files located in the
folder defined by the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 48) startup variable display for
selection. You can have a mix of metric and imperial data files in the same folder. CADWorx
automatically converts the selected data file to the proper drawing units.
Select Member
Specifies the member to use. The delivered data files have members in alphabetical order.
You can edit the data files to have the members in any order.
Rotation Angle
Select the component rotation about the centerline. You can select 0, 90, 180, 270, or type
the needed rotation angle. Do not use AutoCAD commands (ROTATE, MIRROR,
3DROTATE) to change the rotation angle of the shape. The rotation angle of the shape can
only be set from the Draw Steel dialog box.
User Input
Activates the User Input dialog box that you can use to create a custom-dimensioned
shape. Select a shape that is close to the size you need before clicking User Input. For
more information, see User Input Dialog Box.
Material
Specifies the material for the component, such as ASTM A-36.
Length
Specifies the length of the component. Any real number is valid.
Weight
Specifies the weight of the component. Any real number is valid.
BOM Mark Point
Shows the drawing coordinate location at which the information was attached.
Specify On-screen
Click the location in the model view to specify the bill of material mark point.
X
Specifies the X-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
Y
Specifies the Y-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
Z
Specifies the Z-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
CG Location
Shows the center of gravity location at which the information was attached.
Specify On-screen
Click the location in the model view to specify the generic attach center of gravity point.
X
Specifies the X-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
Y
Specifies the Y-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
Z
Specifies the Z-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
Specify the Bill of Material Mark Point and the Center of Gravity Location
1. Double-click the entity.
The Generic Attach (Edit) dialog box displays.
2. Click Specify On-screen under BOM Mark Point.
3. Select a point on the object to specify the mark point.
A red arrow displays indicating the point.
4. Click Specify On-screen under CG Location.
5. Select a point on the object to specify the mark point.
A green arrow displays indicating the location.
6. Click OK.
User Shape
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > User Shape
Plant menu: Steel > User Shape
Command line: SUSER
Places a component using a custom user shape. You select the component to draw based on
the user shape DWG file that you previously created. The extrusion direction and distance is
based on points picked or line selected in the drawing. You can edit Roll angle along with the
standard annotations.
Length
Specifies the length of the shape.
Weight
Specifies the weight of the shape.
Roll Angle
Specifies the roll angle about the placement line for the shape. Do not use AutoCAD
commands (ROTATE, MIRROR, 3DROTATE) to change the roll angle of the shape. The roll
angle of the shape can only be set from the User Shapes dialog box.
Pick points
Places the shape between two points that you identify in the drawing.
Select line
Places the square straight or oval straight shape along an existing polyline in the drawing.
This option is disabled for all other shapes.
For user shapes to work, an ASCII file named Type.ini must be in the same folder as the user
shape drawing files. The Type.ini must have TYPE=USER as the first line in the file. The folder
..\CADWorx (version)\Steel_I\User Shape is used to store the user shape drawing files.
The figure below shows the parameters stored in a user created DWG file that can be used to
create a roof purlin user shape.
After selecting the user shape from the dialog, you pick points or select a line to define the
extrusion length. See the figure below.
Loft
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Loft
Command line: SLOFT
Creates lofted steel components. You must have two cross sections and the path curve between
them defined in the drawing before using this command. The cross sections define the shape of
the resulting steel component. The path curve must intersect all planes of the cross sections.
1. Draw the two cross sections and the path curve in the drawing.
General Tab
Tools
Add Setting
Add a name to a set of settings you want to reuse.
Delete Setting
Delete a named setting from the list.
Match Settings
Apply settings from one object to other objects.
Generate
Generate the steel member drawing objects in a viewport.
Set to Object
Apply new settings to a viewport or individual steel components already drawn.
Update
Updates the existing objects to match changes made to the model.
Reset Settings
Resets individual member objects back to the viewport settings and link them back to the
view port.
Archive drawings
Detaches all intelligence from the drawing objects. Underlying models can be removed.
Line Settings
Layer
AutoCAD Layer for New Steel.
Color
AutoCAD object color for New Steel.
Linetype
Loaded AutoCAD linetype for New Steel.
Weight
AutoCAD line weight for New Steel.
Layer Exist
AutoCAD Layer for Existing Steel.
Color Exist
AutoCAD object color for Existing Steel.
Weight Exist
AutoCAD line weight for Existing Steel.
Gap Style
Used to set either Manual gap distance or automatic gap distance.
Automatic uses the steel member end gap type to gap the lines set by the Gap
Distance setting.
Manual applies the Gap Distance to all ends regardless of gap type.
Gap Distance
This is a paper space distance for the coping gaps.
Tag Settings
Layer
AutoCAD Layers.
Color
AutoCAD object colors.
Text Style
Loaded text styles.
Text Height
Paper space text height.
Offset
Set an offset above the line / symbol for the tag to be placed.
Justification
AutoCAD text justifications.
Style
Short or Long descriptions.
Display
Display of the tag, on or off.
Symbol Settings
Layer Main
AutoCAD Layers for visible parts of the symbol.
Color Main
AutoCAD object colors for visible parts of the symbol.
Linetype Main
Loaded AutoCAD linetypes for visible parts of the symbol.
Layer Minor
AutoCAD Layers for hidden parts of the symbol.
Color Minor
AutoCAD object colors for hidden parts of the symbol.
Linetype Minor
Loaded AutoCAD linetypes for hidden parts of the symbol.
Scale
Width scale based on the actual visual width in the viewport.
Length
Paper space length.
Offset
Set the distance between parallel elements for visual effect.
Display
Display of the symbol, on or off.
Dimension Tab
Tools
Clear Dimensions
Remove all dimensions of a selected viewport.
Update Dimensions
Update existing dimensions of a selected viewport.
Settings List Box
Used to choose the named settings.
Dimension Level
Select how many dimension levels to use.
Dimension Settings
Layer
AutoCAD Layers.
Dim Style
AutoCAD Dimension Styles.
Dim Type
Select the dimension type.
Baseline Type
Continue Type
Ordinate Type
Offset
The distance from the edge of the viewport to place the first level dimensions.
Elevation Value
The relative elevation of the selected origin point.
Elevation Prefix
Prefix for the elevation dimensions.
Tag Settings
Display
To display the column tags on the plan dimensions.
Layer
AutoCAD Layer of the column tags and text.
Color
AutoCAD color of the column tags and text.
Style
Text style for the column tags and text.
Height
Text height for the column tag text.
Balloon Size
Diameter of the column tags.
Orientation
The order of the automatic numbering of the column tags.
LR-BT left to right, bottom to top
LR-TB left to right, top to bottom
RL-BT right to left, bottom to top
RL-TB right to left, top to bottom
Vertical
Vertical column tag numbering start and style.
Letter (A)
Letter + Number (A1)
Number (1)
Number + Letter (1A)
Horizontal
Horizontal column tag numbering start and style.
Letter (A)
Letter + Number (A1)
Number (1)
Number + Letter (1A)
Vertical Inc
The increment value of the tag number.
Increments the second value of a combination tag
Value = 1 then "A" to "B" or "A1" to "A2"
Horizontal Inc
The increment value of the tag number.
Increments the second value of a combination tag
Value = 1 then "A" to "B" or "A1" to "A2"
Repeat Rows/Columns
Select this option to repeat the same rows and columns as the first plan for all subsequent
plans. This option provides a quick way to create large frames without repeatedly entering
the same information. The setting of this option is saved with the frame configuration.
Create Clipped Views
Select this option to create clipped views for each plan, row, and column. These views can
then be accessed using the View command in AutoCAD. The views are clipped in the front
and back making them excellent to use in annotation layouts. You need to select the
Update Layer option in the View command dialog for the view to be set correctly. The
setting of this option is saved with the frame configuration.
Rotation Angle
Enter the rotation angle for the entire frame. The rotation is about the specified insertion
point. The rotation angle is saved with the frame configuration.
Draw Sloped Vertical Lines
Select this option to make the vertical lines sloped according to each plans X and Y offsets.
This option is useful when creating platform frames and requires that each plan have the
same number of rows and columns. The setting of this option is saved with the frame
configuration.
Plan
Defines the plans for the current frame. Specify the distance from one plan to the next in the
Distance column for each plan. You can also specify X and Y offset values from the
insertion point before the row and column lines for this plan are created.
CADWorx automatically creates labels for each plan based on the distance specified. The
elevation label default setting is defined in [Product Folder]\System\FrameSetup.tbl with the
PLAN_LABEL_START setting. Clear the Auto label option to define the label text yourself. The
label is saved with the frame after it is drawn and is available for the Frame Annotation
command. For more information, see Frame Annotation (on page 375).
Click Add to add a new plan to the current frame. Click Remove to delete the selected plans
from the current frame. If Repeat Rows/Columns is not selected, Remove deletes all rows and
columns associated with the plan that is being removed.
Row
Defines the rows for the current frame. You can specify the distance from one row to the
next in the Distance column for each row. If Repeat Rows/Columns is selected, the rows
are for the currently selected plan.
CADWorx automatically creates labels for each row. The row label default setting is defined in
[Product Folder]\System\FrameSetup.tbl. The [ROW] section contains the characters used in
making the label. If there are more rows and available characters, the labels are concatenated.
For example, A, B, C......X, Y, Z, AA, AB, AC and so on. Clear the Auto label option to define
the label text yourself. This label is saved with the frame after it is drawn and is available for the
Frame Annotation command. For more information, see Frame Annotation (on page 375).
Columns
Defines the columns for the current frame. You can specify the distance from one column to
the next in the Distance column for each column. If Repeat Rows/Columns is selected, the
columns are for the currently selected plan.
CADWorx automatically creates labels for each column. The column label default settings is
defined in [Product Folder]\System\FrameSetup.tbl. The [COLUMN] section contains the
characters used in making the label. If there are more columns than available characters, the
labels are concatenated. For example, A, B, C......X, Y, Z, AA, AB, AC and so on. Clear the
Auto label option to define the label text yourself. This label is saved with the frame after it is
drawn and is available for the Frame Annotation command. For more information, see Frame
Annotation (on page 375).
New
Click to create a new frame. You are prompted to save any changes to the current frame.
Save
Click to save the current frame to a file. You are prompted to enter a name and specify the
location to save the frame configuration.
Save As
Click to save the current frame under a different file name.
OK
Click to draw the frame in the current drawing. You are prompted to save any changes to
the current frame.
Frame Annotation
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Frame Annotation
Ladder
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Ladder
Position Tab
Start point / End point
Defines the location of the ladder.
Specify On-screen
Select this option to specify the start and end ladder locations interactively in the model.
Clear this option to define the locations using the X, Y, and Z coordinate boxes.
Rotation angle
Defines the rotation angle for the entire ladder. Select Specify On-screen to define the
rotation interactively in the drawing. Clear the option to use the rotation value specified in
the Angle box.
Dimension Tab
Sloped ladder
Select to allow the ladder to be sloped. The slope is determined by the difference between
the X or Y start and end locations in the Position Tab.
Rail width
Enter the inside distance from rail to rail.
Above platform
Enter the distance the ladder rails (offset extension of rail) are to extend above the top rung.
Rail top exit width
Enter the inside to inside distance of the ladder opening above the platform.
Rung spacing
Enter the center to center distance of the ladder rungs.
Offset (+/-)
Enter the distance the ladder is offset from the platform.
Cage Tab
Cage ladder
Select to place a cage on the ladder if the height of the ladder is over the minimum distance.
Curved
Select to connect the hoop bars to the ladder using a curved connection.
Max. hoop spacing
Enter the distance from center to center of the intermediate hoops.
Cage bar spacing
Enter the distance from the center to center of the vertical bars on the cage.
Bottom hoop clearance
Enter the distance from the base elevation or grade to the bottom hoop.
Distance to middle
Enter the distance from the ladder rungs to the center of the cage.
Small hoop radius
Enter the radius of the hoop bar at the ladder rail location. This box is available only when
Curved is selected.
Connection distance
Enter the distance of the hoop bar at the ladder rail location. This box is available only when
Curved is not selected.
Top hoop radius
Enter the radius of the top hoop from the center of the cage.
Intermediate hoop radius
Enter the radius of the intermediate hoop from the center of the cage.
Bottom hoop radius
Enter the radius of the bottom hoop from the center of the cage.
Top hoop opening
Defines the direction of the hoop opening. If you select Open Left or Open Right, you need
to define the side outlet width and extension distances.
Side outlet width
Enter the width of the cage side opening.
Side outlet extension
Enter the length of the side outlet extension.
Sizes Tab
The bars, rungs, hoops, and cage bars rows allows the selection of different components to be
used with the ladder.
Type
Select the member type.
Data file
Select the data file to use. The data files that display are controlled by the
SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 48) variable in the configuration settings.
Size
Select the member section size from the data file selected.
Details
Click the three-dots button to activate the Details dialog box. Using the Details dialog box,
you can define annotations, offsets, rotations, and mirror the section.
Short annotation
Enter a description for the short annotation of the member. This annotation is used in bill of
material reports.
Long annotation
Enter a description for the long annotation of the member. This annotation is used in bill of
material reports.
X offset
Specify the member offset along the X-axis.
Remember that the base point is not always located at the centroid of the member.
Y offset
Specify the member offset along the Y-axis.
Rotation angle
Enter a rotation value in degrees for the member.
Mirror
Select to mirror the member about its base point.
Handrail
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Hand Rail
Dimensions Tab
Post below platform (+/-)
Enter the distance to place the hand rail above or below the platform to which it is attached
to.
Platform offset dist (+/-)
Enter the distance to offset the hand rail. The hand rail can be offset away from or over the
platform.
Start/end offset
Enter the distance from the end of the hand rail to place the post or stanchion. This distance
applies to both ends of the hand rail.
Max post spacing
Enter the maximum distance between the post or stanchions.
Spacing distance
Enter the vertical spacing between the rails. Use Add and Remove to change the number of
rails.
Sizes Tab
The top rail, intermediate rail, bottom rail, and post can have different components for the hand
rail.
Type
Select the member type.
Data file
Select the data file to use. The data files that display are controlled by the
SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 48) variable in the configuration file.
Size
Select the member section size from the data file selected.
Details
Click the three-dots button to activate the Details dialog box. Using the Details dialog box,
you can define annotations, offsets, rotations, and mirror the section.
Short annotation
Enter a description for the short annotation of the member. This annotation is used in bill of
material reports.
Long annotation
Enter a description for the long annotation of the member. This annotation is used in bill of
material reports.
X offset
Specify the member offset along the X-axis.
Remember that the base point is not always located at the centroid of the member.
Y offset
Specify the member offset along the Y-axis.
Rotation angle
Enter a rotation value in degrees for the member.
Mirror
Select to mirror the member about its base point.
Stair
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Stair
Position Tab
Top point
Enter the X, Y, and Z coordinates for the top of the stairs. You can click Specified On-
screen to select a point in the drawing.
Base elevation
Enter the elevation at the bottom of stringer. You can click Specified On-screen to select a
point in the drawing.
Rotation angle
Enter the rotation in degrees. You can click Specified On-screen to define the rotation in
the drawing.
Dimension Tab
Tread
Boxes are disabled until the top point and bottom elevation are entered in the Position Tab. The
software then calculates initial values based on the top point and bottom elevation.
Stringer
Width
Enter the inside distance between the two stringers.
(H) Top extend
Enter the distance between the stringer end and the riser.
(J) Top clear
Enter the distance between the top of the stringer and the top point defined for stair.
Miscellaneous
(N) Stair offset
Enter the offset distance from the top stair location point.
(P) Angle
Enter the stair angle measured from horizontal.
Sizes Tab
You can define different components to use for the riser and the stringer.
Type
Select the member type.
Data file
Select the data file to use. The data files that display are controlled by the
SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 48) variable in the configuration file.
Size
Select the member section size from the data file selected.
Details
Click the three-dots button to activate the Details dialog box. Using the Details dialog box,
you can define annotations, offsets, rotations, and mirror the section.
Short annotation
Enter a description for the short annotation of the member. This annotation is used in bill of
material reports.
Long annotation
Enter a description for the long annotation of the member. This annotation is used in bill of
material reports.
X offset
Specify the member offset along the X-axis.
Remember that the base point is not always located at the centroid of the member.
Y offset
Specify the member offset along the Y-axis.
Rotation angle
Enter a rotation value in degrees for the member.
Mirror
Select to mirror the member about its base point.
Miter - Cuts two coplanar members back to one another. For more SMITER
information, see Miter (on page 387).
Cut - Cuts members by a plane that you define. For more SCUT
information, see Cut (on page 388).
Union - Joins two members. For more information, see Union (on SUNION
page 389).
Local Edit - Edits a selected member. For more information, see SCEDIT
Edit (on page 389).
Global Edit - Edits the annotation, description, part number, and SGCEDIT
material of multiple components. For more information, see Global
Edit (on page 396).
Global Edit All - Edits multiple components of the same member SGCEDITALL
shape. For more information, see Global Edit All (on page 396).
Layer Change - Moves steel solid or center lines to a new layer. For SLAYERCHANGE /
more information, see Layer Change (on page 400). SSETEXIST /
SREMOVEEXIST
Selection Control - Toggles the display of grips on and off. For SELECTCONTROL
more information, see Select Control (on page 400).
Auto Cope - Turns on or off the automatic coping of members. For SAUTOCOPE
more information, see Auto Cope (on page 401).
Steel - Cope
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Cope
Miter
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Miter
Cut
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Cut
Union
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Union
Edit
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Edit
Description
Defines the component description. The default value is the "DESCRIPTION=" value in the
data file header.
Part Number
Specifies the part number for the component. You can enter the part number yourself or use
the part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page 49) startup
variable.
Material
Specifies the material for the component. The default value is the "MATERIAL=" value in the
data file header.
Pick Points
Click to define the component by two points on the screen.
Select Lines
Click to select lines in the drawing to place the component. The length and position of the
line define the component.
Properties
Activates the Properties dialog box that you can use to edit the shape properties before
placement. For more information, see Properties Dialog Box.
User Input
Activates the User Input dialog box that you can use to create a custom-dimensioned
shape. Select a shape that is close to the size you need before clicking User Input. For
more information, see User Input Dialog Box.
Part Member
Specifies the part number for the plate. You can enter the part number yourself or use the
part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page 49) startup
variable.
Material
Specifies the material for the plate. The default value is the "MATERIAL=" value in the data
file header.
Length
Displays the length of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate
aligned along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by
the long segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Width
Displays the width of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate aligned
along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by the long
segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Weight
Displays the weight of the plate. Select Manual Update to enter the value yourself.
Manual Update
Select this option to manually specify the plate weight in the Weight box. Clear this option to
have the software compute the plate weight using the shape and the weight defined in the
data file.
Insert Location
Select the centerline location for the plate. This option is only available when editing an
existing plate in the model.
Pick Points
Click to define the plates by its corners.
Select Lines
Click to define the plate using an existing closed polyline shape.
Select Curves
Click to define the plate using an existing closed curved shape.
Details
Existing
Edits the existing status of the plate.
Short annotation
Defines the short annotation name for the plate. The default value is the text in the
MEMBER column of the data file up to the first "X" character.
Long annotation
Defines the long annotation name for the plate. The default value is the text in the MEMBER
column of the data file.
Description
Defines the plate description. The default value is the "DESCRIPTION=" value in the data
file header.
Part number
Specifies the part number for the plate. You can enter the part number yourself or use the
part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page 49) startup
variable.
Material
Specifies the material for the plate. The default value is the "MATERIAL=" value in the data
file header.
Weight
Displays the weight of the plate. The software automatically subtracts the material weight
removed by any holes from the plate weight. Select Manual Update to enter the value
yourself.
Manual Update
Select this option to manually specify the plate weight in the Weight box. Clear this option to
have the software compute the plate weight using the shape and the weight defined in the
data file.
Plate Dimensions
Length
Displays the length of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate
aligned along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by
the long segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Width
Displays the width of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate aligned
along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by the long
segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Rotation
Specifies the rotation angle for the plate placement.
X offset
Specifies the X-axis offset from the plate centroid.
Y offset
Specifies the Y-axis offset from the plate centroid.
Hole Dimensions
On/Off
Select this option to place holes in the base plate. Clear this option to place a plate without
holes.
Row count
Enter the number of hole rows.
Row spacing
Enter the distance between the hole rows measured from the center of the holes.
Column count
Enter the number of hole columns.
Column spacing
Enter the distance between the hole columns measured from the center of the holes.
Diameter
Enter the diameter of the hole.
Rotation
Enter the angle at which to rotate the hole rows and columns within the base plate.
Slotted length
Enter a distance to create an elongated hole. This distance is measured from the hole
center.
X offset
Specifies the X-axis offset for the holes. Holes places at zero offset are at the base plate
center.
Y offset
Specifies the Y-axis offset for the holes. Holes places at zero offset are at the base plate
center.
Pick Point
Click to place the base plate.
Global Edit
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Global Edit
Plant menu: Steel > Component Edit > Global Edit
In CADWorx Steel Professional, Global Edit is located under Steel menu > Utility >
Component Edit > Global Edit.
Command line: SGCEDIT
Edits short annotation, long annotation, description, part number, and material for multiple
components at one time. Changes to any or all of the edit boxes are made to each selected
component. Leave the edit boxes blank for those properties you do not want to edit.
Steel Global Edit Dialog Box
Short Annotation
Defines the short annotation name. Generally, this is the member name up to the first "X"
character (for example, W10 is the short annotation name for W10X30).
Long Annotation
Defines the long annotation name (for example, W10X30).
Description
Defines the component description.
Part Member
Specifies the part number for the component.
Material
Specifies the material for the component.
1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Global Edit .
You can also type SGCEDIT in the command line.
2. Select the members to edit. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished.
The Steel Global Edit dialog box displays.
3. Edit the appropriate property boxes. Leave blank the properties that you do not want to
change.
4. Click OK.
Description
Defines the component description. The default value is the "DESCRIPTION=" value in the
data file header.
Part Number
Specifies the part number for the component. You can enter the part number yourself or use
the part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page 49) startup
variable.
Material
Specifies the material for the component. The default value is the "MATERIAL=" value in the
data file header.
Pick Points
Click to define the component by two points on the screen.
Select Lines
Click to select lines in the drawing to place the component. The length and position of the
line define the component.
Properties
Activates the Properties dialog box that you can use to edit the shape properties before
placement. For more information, see Properties Dialog Box.
User Input
Activates the User Input dialog box that you can use to create a custom-dimensioned
shape. Select a shape that is close to the size you need before clicking User Input. For
more information, see User Input Dialog Box.
Annotate Component
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Annotate Component
Command line: SCOMPANOT
Places the short or long annotations of selected steel members in the drawing.
Convert Solid
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Convert Solid
Command line: SCONVERTSOLID
Creates the solid representation of component. When you have deleted the solid representation
and have been modeling using only centerlines, this command is used to re-create the solid
cross-section representation of the component.
Layer Change
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Layer Change
Command line: SLAYERCHANGE / SSETEXIST / SREMOVEEXIST
Edits the existing flag for steel members and changes layers for steel solid and centerline
graphics.
The software automatically moves steel plates and base plates centerlines to whichever
layer is chosen for the corresponding solid.
1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Layer Change .
You can also type SLAYERCHANGE in the command line.
2. Select All to select all components in the drawing.
-or-
Select Select to manually select steel members. Press ENTER or right-click when you are
finished.
3. Select Yes to change the solid layer of the selected components.
4. Select the new layer, and then click OK.
5. Select Yes to change the centerline layer of the selected components.
6. Select the new layer, and then click OK.
Select Control
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Select Control
Command line: SELECTCONTROL
Toggles whether grip points are displayed on solids. To change the length of pipe or steel, you
can grip stretch the pipe or steel centerline. However, it may be difficult to select the center line
endpoint grip for steel shapes when solid grip points are on. Turning off the solid grip points with
this toggle makes it easier to grip stretch components.
Auto Cope
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Auto Cope
Cut Steel BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing each SBOMCUT
piece of steel with a length and a tag. For more information, see
Cut Steel Bill of Material (on page 406).
Total Steel BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one SBOMTOTAL
tag for a total length of steel in each size. For more information,
see Total Steel Bill of Material (on page 408).
Export Steel BOM - Exports the steel Bill of Material schedule to SBOMEXPORT
an external file format that you specify. For more information, see
Export Steel Bill of Material (on page 412).
Audit Steel Database - Compares the database with the drawing SDBAUDIT
displaying any differences between the two. For more information,
see Audit Steel Database (on page 415).
Export Steel Model - Exports the steel model to CAESAR II, SEXPORT
Robobat, or CIS/2 files. For more information, see Export Steel
Model (on page 416).
Import Steel Model - Imports a CIS/2 file into the current drawing. SIMPORT
For more information, see Import Steel Model (on page 417).
This dialog box also controls the accumulation of steel components. For example, if two
members have different Short Annotation values and you do not want these to accumulate,
Short Annotation would have to be added to the BOM Columns Selected list.
BOM Columns Available
Lists all the information on a steel member that you can use to sort the BOM. These
columns can be used to sort using Add.
BOM Columns Selected
Shows all the columns that have been selected for sorting and their sort order from top to
bottom.
Add and Remove
Moves selected columns between the BOM Columns Available and BOM Columns
Selected lists. You can also move a column to the other list by double-clicking on the
column name in the list.
Column Sort
Controls additional sorting on each selected column. Ascending means sorting from small
numbers to larger numbers (1 to 100) and from A to Z.
Move Up and Move Down
Defines the sort order in the BOM. Select a column in the BOM Columns Selected list, and
then click Move Up to sort that column before other columns. Click Move Down to sort the
column after columns higher in the list.
Save and Close saves the current settings to the configuration file when you select the
Steel BOM Setup check box in Miscellaneous CFG Content in the CADWorx Plant Setup.
For more information, see Miscellaneous CFG Content (on page 69), and Setup (on page 27).
BILL OF MATERIALS
The steel component could have been converted with the Existing option.
Bill of material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT.
Counter
Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set, the
command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement
of tags.
Manual placement
Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The software adds a
rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag location. You
must continue specifying locations until the last component’s tag has been placed.
Automatic placement
Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space, CADWorx places the
tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this prompt does not
appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see BomTagOptimize (on page
37).
The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 36) variable in
the Configuration Settings.
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 37).
BILL OF MATERIALS
The component could have been converted with the Existing option.
Bill of material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT.
Counter
Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set, the
command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement
of tags.
Manual placement
Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The software adds a
rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag location. You
must continue specifying locations until the last component’s tag has been placed.
Automatic placement
Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space, CADWorx places the tag in
the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this prompt does not appear if the tag
optimization is on. For more information, see BomTagOptimize (on page 37).
The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 36) variable in
the Configuration Settings.
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 37).
BILL OF MATERIALS
The component could have been converted with the Existing option.
Bill of material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT.
Counter
Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set, the
command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement
of tags.
Manual placement
Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The software adds a
rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag location. You
must continue specifying locations until the last component’s tag has been placed.
Automatic placement
Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space, CADWorx places the
tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this prompt does not
appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see BomTagOptimize (on page
37).
The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 36) variable in
the Configuration Settings.
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 37).
When you delete a component from a drawing with an active live database, the database
marks that component for deletion. When you close the drawing without saving, then the
item does not deleted from the database. If you save the drawing, then the item deletes from
the database.
When a component or a group of components are copied from a drawing to a new drawing
that uses the same live database, the copied components are duplicated in the live
database with the new drawing name.
When a component or a group of components are cut from a drawing and placed in another
drawing that uses the same live database, the components duplicate in the live database
with the new drawing name. When the old drawing is saved and closed any duplicate items
from the first drawing are deleted from the live database because they are no longer on the
first drawing.
All changes to live database settings take effect in the next drawing session.
On/Off
Turns the live database system on and off. When on, all components drawn are updated
instantaneously to the database. Changes can be made in the drawing or in the database.
When off, all CADWorx component information is stored only within the drawing.
Database Type
Select the type of database to use as the live database. Depending on the type chosen, the
path to the database or schema is displayed.
Access Path
Defines the Microsoft Access database information. Click Create Table to create the PIPE
table in the database when creating a new database. Click Select File to specify an existing
database.
SQL Server Database Name and Schema
Defines the Microsoft SQL Server database information. You must have already created the
ODBC schemas (refer to the installation guide for help). Type the database name in the
Database box. Type the ODBC schema name in the Schema box, either
Plant_SQL_SERVER or Steel_SQL_SERVER.
Oracle Schema
Defines the Oracle database information. Type the ODBC schema name in the Schema
box.
Export Steel
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel BOM / DB > Export
Plant menu: Steel > Database > Export
Command line: SDBFGEN
Exports CADWorx steel information to a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file.
Database Type
Select Access to write to a Microsoft Access file, or select Excel to write to a Microsoft
Excel file.
Browse
Click to define the file name and folder location. The disabled boxes at the bottom of the
dialog display the file name and folder in use.
Append/Sync
Synchronizes the drawing and the database file by removing entries from the database that
no longer exist in the drawing and updating components in the database according to the
drawing. You can use this command once a day or five times an hour to maintain the
database according to the drawing. Many users can append to the same database file at the
same time.
New
Creates a new database file based on the chosen folder and database type.
Import Steel
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel BOM / DB > Import
Plant menu: Steel > Database > Import
Command line: SDBFIN
Imports and draws CADWorx steel components from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file.
This command is not available when you are using a live database.
Use the Export Steel (on page 414) command to create the Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel
file to import.
CG Generator
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel BOM / DB > C.G. Generator
HVAC Shapes - Places HVAC and cable tray shapes in the HVAC
drawing. For more information, see HVAC (on page 420).
HVAC Shapes Catalog - Places HVAC shapes and cable tray HVACC
shapes that are defined in a data file library. For more information,
see HVAC Shapes Catalog (on page 423).
Edit - Edits HVAC or cable tray shapes. For more information, see HCEDIT
Edit (on page 433).
Total HVAC BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one HBOMTOTAL
tag for a total length of HVAC in each size. For more information,
see Total HVAC Bill of Material (on page 439).
HVAC
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > HVAC Shapes
Plant menu: HVAC > Shapes
Command line: HVAC
Places HVAC and cable tray shapes in the drawing. Double-click an existing HVAC shape to
modify the parameters.
Inside Dimensions
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the Thickness value added to all the
necessary dimensions in the A through K boxes. If this option is cleared, the dimensions of
the shape do not include the Thickness value.
Solid
Indicates that the software draws the shape as a solid. This is the default setting.
Hollow
Indicates that the software draws the shape as hollow.
Open top
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the top open. You cannot use this option
with oval shapes.
Open bottom
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the bottom open. You cannot use this
option with oval shapes.
Creating a large number of HVAC shapes with the Hollow or Open top options in a
single drawing can significantly increase the drawing size.
Details
Long annotation
Specifies the long annotation description for the shape.
Part number
Specifies the part number for the shape.
Tag
Specifies the tag description for the shape.
Weight
Specifies the weight of the shape.
There is no automatic method for creating long annotation, part number, tag, or
weight.
Pick points
Places the shape between two points that you identify in the drawing.
Select lines
Places the square straight or oval straight shape along an existing polyline in the drawing.
This option is disabled for all other shapes.
Dimensions
Displays a dimensioned preview of the selected shape. Type dimension values for the
drawing in the A through K boxes. All dimensions are in the current units set. Dimension
boxes that are not required are disabled.
Options
Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the shape wall. This value is required when the Inside
dimensions box is selected or the shape is Hollow or Open top.
Inside Dimensions
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the Thickness value added to all the
necessary dimensions in the A through K boxes. If this option is cleared, the dimensions of
the shape do not include the Thickness value.
Solid
Indicates that the software draws the shape as a solid. This is the default setting.
Hollow
Indicates that the software draws the shape as hollow.
Open top
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the top open. You cannot use this option
with oval shapes.
Open bottom
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the bottom open. You cannot use this
option with oval shapes.
Creating a large number of HVAC shapes with the Hollow or Open top options in a
single drawing can significantly increase the drawing size.
Details
Long annotation
Specifies the long annotation description for the shape.
Part number
Specifies the part number for the shape.
Tag
Specifies the tag description for the shape.
Weight
Specifies the weight of the shape.
There is no automatic method for creating long annotation, part number, tag, or
weight.
Select lines
Places the square straight or oval straight shape along an existing polyline in the drawing.
This option is disabled for all other shapes.
Dimensions
Displays a dimensioned preview of the selected shape. Type dimension values for the
drawing in the A through K boxes. All dimensions are in the current units set. Dimension
boxes that are not required are disabled.
Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the shape wall. This value is required when the Inside
dimensions box is selected or the shape is Hollow or Open top.
Inside Dimensions
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the Thickness value added to all the
necessary dimensions in the A through K boxes. If this option is cleared, the dimensions of
the shape do not include the Thickness value.
Solid
Indicates that the software draws the shape as a solid. This is the default setting.
Hollow
Indicates that the software draws the shape as hollow.
Open top
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the top open. You cannot use this option
with oval shapes.
Open bottom
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the bottom open. You cannot use this
option with oval shapes.
Creating a large number of HVAC shapes with the Hollow or Open top options in a
single drawing can significantly increase the drawing size.
Long annotation
Specifies the long annotation description for the shape.
Part number
Specifies the part number for the shape.
Part Name
Specifies the part name for the shape.
Tag
Specifies the tag description for the shape.
Material
Specifies the material for the component. The default value is the MATERIAL= value in the
data file header.
Weight
Specifies the weight of the shape.
There is no automatic method for creating long annotation, part number, tag, or
weight.
Length
Specifies the length of the shape.
Area
Specifies the area of the shape.
Manual
Indicates that the software uses the manual override value rather than the value from the
catalog.
Pick points
Places the shape between two points that you identify in the drawing.
Select lines
Places the square straight or oval straight shape along an existing polyline in the drawing.
This option is disabled for all other shapes.
Hollow
Indicates that the software draws the shape as hollow.
Open top
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the top open. You cannot use this option
with oval shapes.
Open bottom
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the bottom open. You cannot use this
option with oval shapes.
Creating a large number of HVAC shapes with the Hollow or Open top options in a
single drawing can significantly increase the drawing size.
Details
Long annotation
Specifies the long annotation description for the shape.
Part number
Specifies the part number for the shape.
Part Name
Specifies the part name for the shape.
Tag
Specifies the tag description for the shape.
Material
Specifies the material for the component. The default value is the MATERIAL= value in the
data file header.
Weight
Specifies the weight of the shape.
There is no automatic method for creating long annotation, part number, tag, or
weight.
Length
Specifies the length of the shape.
Area
Specifies the area of the shape.
Manual
Indicates that the software uses the manual override value rather than the value from the
catalog.
Pick points
Places the shape between two points that you identify in the drawing.
Select lines
Places the square straight or oval straight shape along an existing polyline in the drawing.
This option is disabled for all other shapes.
User Shape
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > User Shape
Command line: HUSER
Places a component using a custom user-defined shape. You select the component to draw
based on an existing user-shape DWG file. The extrusion direction and distance is based on
points picked or a line selected in the drawing. You can edit the roll angle along with the
standard annotations.
For user shapes to work, an ASCII file named Type.INI must be in the same folder as the user
shape drawing files. The Type.INI file must have TYPE=USER as the first line in the file. The
folder (...\CADWorx\Plant\\HVAC\) contains the user shape drawing files.
Shown below are the parameters stored in a user-created .DWG file that can be used to create
a user shape. The user shape profile must be a closed polyline or an AutoCAD Region entity.
After you select the shape from the dialog box, you can pick points or select a line to determine
the extrusion length.
The default insert location for the user shape is 0,0,0. To specify a different insert location, add
an AutoCAD POINT entity to the profile .DWG to locate the insert point.
Long Annotation
Specifies the long annotation description for the shape. The default value comes from the
drawing file that contains the user shape.
Description
Specifies the description for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file that
contains the user shape.
Part Number
Specifies the part number for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file that
contains the user shape.
Material
Specifies the material for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file that
contains the user shape.
Length
Specifies the length of the shape.
Weight
Specifies the weight of the shape.
Roll Angle
Specifies the roll angle about the placement line for the shape. Do not use AutoCAD
commands (ROTATE, MIRROR, 3DROTATE) to change the roll angle of the shape. The roll
angle of the shape can only be set from the User Shapes dialog box.
Pick points
Places the shape between two points that you identify in the drawing.
Select line
Places the square straight or oval straight shape along an existing polyline in the drawing.
This option is disabled for all other shapes.
Part Number
Specifies the part number for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file that
contains the user shape.
Material
Specifies the material for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file that
contains the user shape.
Length
Specifies the length of the shape.
Weight
Specifies the weight of the shape.
Roll Angle
Specifies the roll angle about the placement line for the shape.
Manual Update
Indicates that the software uses the manual override value rather than the value from the
drawing.
Pick points
Places the shape between two points that you identify in the drawing.
Select line
Places the square straight or oval straight shape along an existing polyline in the drawing.
This option is disabled for all other shapes.
Generic Attach
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Generic Attach
Command line: HGENERIC
Attaches information to any generic AutoCAD object in the drawing. You can use the information
later in bill of material extraction, labeling, and so forth. After manually constructing a
component, use this routine to attach xdata information.
You cannot attach information to a CADWorx object or component.
To pinpoint the center of gravity locations use the Osnap commands. For example, to place
information on a beam and have it correctly reflect the center of gravity, draw a centerline and
pick MIDpoint, NEArest to the end of the centerline, or the exact location.
Specify On-screen
Click the location in the model view to specify the bill of material mark point.
X
Specifies the X-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
Y
Specifies the Y-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
Z
Specifies the Z-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
CG Location
Shows the center of gravity location at which the information was attached.
Specify On-screen
Click the location in the model view to specify the generic attach center of gravity point.
X
Specifies the X-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
Y
Specifies the Y-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
Z
Specifies the Z-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
Specify the Bill of Material Mark Point and the Center of Gravity Location
1. Double-click the entity.
The Generic Attach (Edit) dialog box displays.
2. Click Specify On-screen under BOM Mark Point.
3. Select a point on the object to specify the mark point.
A red arrow displays indicating the point.
4. Click Specify On-screen under CG Location.
5. Select a point on the object to specify the mark point.
A green arrow displays indicating the location.
6. Click OK.
Edit
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Edit
Command line: HCEDIT
Edits HVAC or cable tray shapes. This command displays the same dialog box that was used to
place the shape. You cannot change the object shape using this command. For more
information, see HVAC (on page 420).
GC Edit
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > GC Edit
Command line: HGCEDIT
Edits global HVAC component data.
Open Bottom
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the bottom open. You cannot use this
option with oval shapes.
Creating a large number of HVAC shapes with the Hollow or Open top options in a
single drawing can significantly increase the drawing size.
Long annotation
Specifies the long annotation description for the shape.
Part number
Specifies the part number for the shape.
Tag
Specifies the tag description for the shape.
Weight
Specifies the weight of the shape.
There is no automatic method for creating long annotation, part number, tag, or
weight.
Counter
Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set, the
command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement
of tags.
Manual placement
Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The software adds a
rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag location. You
must continue specifying locations until the last component’s tag has been placed.
Automatic placement
Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space, CADWorx places the
tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this prompt does not
appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see BomTagOptimize (on page
37).
The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 36) variable in
the Configuration Settings.
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 37).
3. Type the placement angle for the tag, and press ENTER.
4. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
5. Select the HVAC components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
The BOM is generated.
The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 36) variable in
the Configuration Settings.
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 37).
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 37).
Data Remove
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Data Remove
Command line: HCDATAREMOVE
Removes CADWorx data from components.
Layer Change
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Layer Change
Command line: HLAYERCHANGE
Changes the solid and centerline layers associated with components.
DB Generate
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > DB Generate
Command line: HDBFGEN
Exports CADWorx HVAC information to a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file.
Select Database Type Dialog Box
Controls parameters for exporting CADWorx HVAC component information.
Database Type
Select Access to write to a Microsoft Access file, or select Excel to write to a Microsoft
Excel file.
Browse
Click to define the file name and folder location. The disabled boxes at the bottom of the
dialog display the file name and directory in use.
Append/Sync
Synchronizes the drawing and the database file by removing entries from the database that
no longer exist in the drawing and updating components in the database according to the
drawing. You can use this command once a day or five times an hour to maintain the
database according to the drawing. Many users can append to the same database file at the
same time.
New
Creates a new database file based on the chosen folder and database type.
Directory
Displays the location of the database file.
Access File
Displays the name of the database file.
Excel File
Displays the name of the database file.
DB In
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > DB In
Command line: HDBFIN
Imports and draws CADWorx HVAC components from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel
file. This command is not available when you are using a live database.
Use the DB Generate (on page 443) command to create the Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel
file to import.
Toolbars
In This Section
Accessing and Docking the Toolbars ............................................ 446
Aliases and Command Names ...................................................... 447
Connecting to components ............................................................ 447
Compass ........................................................................................ 447
Plane versus Isometrics view modes ............................................ 447
3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling .................................................. 447
Buttweld ......................................................................................... 448
Flanges .......................................................................................... 484
Flgd/BW Valves ............................................................................. 498
Lined .............................................................................................. 513
Fiberglass ...................................................................................... 519
Sanitary .......................................................................................... 540
Victaulic ......................................................................................... 580
Threaded/Socket ........................................................................... 584
Thrd/SW Valves ............................................................................. 621
Gaskets, Etc. ................................................................................. 638
Pipe Ends ...................................................................................... 640
Restraints ....................................................................................... 640
Misc................................................................................................ 641
Operators ....................................................................................... 649
Line Numbers ................................................................................ 649
UCS ............................................................................................... 650
Steel ............................................................................................... 650
Settings .......................................................................................... 652
Palettes .......................................................................................... 654
Connecting to components
In connecting to components, Piping Rules effect the behavior of prompts when set to No or
Show Options. If selecting a component from a palette or toolbar, the selected component
prompts you if unable to derive information from the surrounding components due to the piping
rules. When the rules are set to Automatic, the process is simplified for connecting components
to appropriate valued objects. For instance, when inserting a flange to a pipe, if both have the
same size and specification you are not prompted and the flange inserts automatically. For more
information, see Apply Flange Insertion Rule (on page 59) or all other Piping Rules (on page
55). Prompts depend on the settings you have chosen for the piping rules. Also, you may be
prompted in certain situations based on the components of the model. Most of the components
are built to work as smart objects. They connect using the previous information of the last point
of a component. If you change sizes while working with a component, you are prompted
accordingly. In addition, you may not receive prompts based on the actions of connection to
components. Prompts depend on the actions you take, and some prompts appear only when not
connecting to a previous component.
Compass
Enables 360 degree navigation for placement of components. You can turn the compass on and
off in Setup (on page 27). You are also provided with the option to change the color. When the
compass is turned on the screen displays a circle around the components when they are pulled
into the drawing space.
Buttweld
Plant menu: Toolbars > Buttweld
The commands on the Buttweld toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus
2D Modeling (on page 447).
Plan 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow in the X-Y plane. For 45LR
more information, see Plan 45 Ell (on page 454).
Plan Tee - Places a straight tee in the X-Y plane. For more TESW
information, see Plan Tee (on page 455).
Plan Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee in the X-Y TERW
plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing Tee (on page
456).
Plan 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return 18LR
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 180 LR
Return (on page 457).
Plan 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return 18SR
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 180 SR
Return (on page 457).
Cap - Places a pipe cap in the X-Y plane. For more CAPW
information, see Cap (on page 459).
Plan Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee in the X-Y plane. LATW
For more information, see Plan Lateral (on page 461).
90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow with the end R90LR
rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more
information, see 90 LR Ell (on page 465).
Tee - Places a tee with the branch rolled at a 45 degree angle RTESW
from the X-Y plane. For more information, see Tee (on page
467).
Plan 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow in the X-Y 11LR
plane. For more information, see Plan 11.25 Ell (on page 468).
Plan 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow in the X-Y plane. 22LR
For more information, see Plan 22.5 Ell (on page 469).
The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.
Side Tee - Places a straight tee with the branch normal to the HTESW
X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Tee (on page 473).
Vert Tee - Places a straight tee with the main normal to the X- VTESW
Y plane. For more information, see Vert Tee (on page 474).
Side Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with the HTERW
branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Side Reducing Tee (on page 475).
Vert Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with the VTERW
main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert
Reducing Tee (on page 475).
Side 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return H18LR
normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Side 180 LR Return (on page 476).
Vert 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return V18LR
normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 180 LR Return
(on page 476).
Side 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return H18SR
normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Side 180 SR Return (on page 477).
Vert 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return V18SR
normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 180 SR Return
(on page 478).
Side Cross - Places a four-way straight cross with the branch HCRSW
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Cross
(on page 478).
Side Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee in the X-Y plane HLATW
with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information,
see Side Lateral (on page 480).
Vert Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee with the main VLATW
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert
Lateral (on page 480).
Side 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the H11LR
X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 11.25 Ell (on page
481).
Vert 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the V11LR
X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 11.25 Ell (on page
481).
Side 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y H22LR
plane. For more information, see Side 22.5 Ell (on page 482).
Vert 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y V22LR
plane. For more information, see Vert 22.5 Ell (on page 483).
Side Wye - Places a wye on the X-Y plane with the branches HYB
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Wye
(on page 483).
Vert Wye - Places a wye normal to the X-Y plane with the VYB
branches also normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Vert Wye (on page 484).
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Pipe
Buttweld toolbar: Pipe
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Tubing
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Pipe
Command line: PIPW
You can also now use PIPW1 for buttweld piping, PIPF1 for socket weld or threaded
piping, and PIPFL1 for flanged piping, to draw singular pipe. PIPW starts the pipe router.
Places a pipe component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component.
Center
Places the pipe along the center of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
TOP
Places the pipe along the top of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
BOP
Places the pipe along the bottom of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Right
Places the pipe along the right side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis
Left
Places the pipe along the left side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis
Place a pipe
1. Click a pipe component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER.
3. Click to select an ending point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER.
The pipe component is drawn.
Plan 90 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Plan 90 LR Ell
Plan 90 SR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Plan 90 SR Ell
Plan 45 Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Plan 45 Ell
Plan Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Tee
Conc Reducer
Buttweld toolbar: Conc Reducer
Ecc Reducer
Buttweld toolbar: Ecc Reducer
Cap
Buttweld toolbar: Cap
Place a cap
1. Click a cap component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the cap.
The cap component is drawn.
Plan Cross
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Cross
Plan Lateral
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Lateral
Miters
Buttweld toolbar: Miters
Command line: MPIP
Places a mitered pipe component in the X-Y plane. The pipe is placed on a 2D polyline created
with Polyline . A miter is placed on the pipe at each vertex of the polyline. For more
information, see PLINE in AutoCAD Help.
This command can also be used to create pipe with bends. For more information, see
CHAMFER in AutoCAD Help.
Mitered pipe cannot be placed on a 3D polyline created with 3D Polyline . For more
information, see 3DPOLY in AutoCAD Help.
3. Click Miters .
4. Select the polyline.
The mitered pipe component is drawn.
Rolled Pipe
Buttweld toolbar: Rolled Pipe
Command line: SPIP
Places a free-form pipe component, such as a hose or flexible connection. The pipe is placed on
a 2D polyline created with Polyline and edited with the Fit or Spline options of Edit
Polyline . For more information, see PLINE and PEDIT in AutoCAD Help.
Fit Example
Spline Example
Rolled pipe cannot be placed on a 3D polyline created with 3D Polyline . For more
information, see 3DPOLY in AutoCAD Help.
Adjustable Bend
Buttweld toolbar: Adjustable Bend
Command line: BENT
Places a pipe bend based on the selected method: Enter radius, Trimmed elbow, or Select
arc.
Enter radius
Places a pipe bend by typing a radius, and then selecting the bend center, start, and end
points in a counterclockwise direction. This is the most common type of adjustable bend.
Degree
Defines the total angle of the bend from the start point. For example, if the start
point is at 91°, and the value for Degree is 180°, the end point is at 271° and the
total angle of the bend is 180°.
Angle
Defines the angle of the bend as the value minus the angle defined by the start
point from the positive X-axis. For example, if the start point is at 91°, and the value
for Angle is 180°, the end point is at 180° and the angle of the bend is 79°.
Tangent length
Defines straight lengths of pipe at each end of the bend. This is frequently required
for machine bending. You can type a value of 0.
Trimmed elbow
Places an elbow by selecting the center of the bend arc, the start point, and the end point.
Short radius
Defines a short radius elbow according to the current specification.
Long radius
Defines a long radius elbow according to the current specification.
Select arc
Places a pipe bend on an arc created with an arc command. For more information, see
Draw Arcs in AutoCAD Help.
Tangent length
Defines straight lengths of pipe at each end of the bend. This is frequently required
for machine bending. You can type a value of 0.
Enter Radius
1. Click Adjustable Bend on the Buttweld toolbar in the Miters drop-down. Alternatively,
type BENT on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Type a radius on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Select a center point.
4. Select a first direction.
5. Select a second direction.
6. Type a Tangent length on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The adjustable bend displays in the drawing.
Select Arc
1. Draw an AutoCAD arc.
2. Click Adjustable Bend on the Buttweld toolbar in the Miters drop-down. Alternatively,
type BENT on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Click Select Arc.
4. Select the arc in the drawing.
5. Type a Tangent length on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The adjustable bend displays in the drawing.
Trimmed Elbow
1. Click Adjustable Bend on the Buttweld toolbar in the Miters drop-down. Alternatively,
type BENT on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Select Trimmed Elbow.
3. Select a corner point.
4. Select a first direction.
5. Select a second direction.
6. Select Long radius or Short radius.
The adjustable bend displays in the drawing.
90 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: 90 LR Ell
Command line: R90LR
Places a 90 degree long radius elbow with the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y
plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start
Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point.
Corner
Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd
Places the start point of the component on the other end.
Up
Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the positive Z direction.
Down
Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the negative Z direction.
90 SR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: 90 SR Ell
Command line: R90SR
Places a 90 degree short radius elbow with the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y
plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start
Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point.
Corner
Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd
Places the start point of the component on the other end.
Up
Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the positive Z direction.
Down
Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the negative Z direction.
45 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: 45 LR Ell
Command line: R45LR
Places a 45 degree elbow with the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane.
This command is only available for welded fittings.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start
Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point.
Corner
Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd
Places the start point of the component on the other end.
Up
Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the positive Z direction.
Down
Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the negative Z direction.
Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Tee
Command line: RTESW
Places a tee with the branch rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane.
Middle
Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.
Up
Rotates the branch of the tee 45 degrees in the positive Z direction.
Down
Rotates the branch of the tee 45 degrees in the negative Z direction.
This command is only available for welded fittings.
Plan Wye
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Wye
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Wye
Command line: YB
Places a wye in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and the branches of the wye.
Branch
Places the branch of the component at the start point.
otherEnd
Places the start point of the component on the other end.
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.
Side 90 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Side 90 LR Ell
Side 90 SR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Side 90 SR Ell
Side 45 Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Side 45 Ell
Vert 45 Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Vert 45 Ell
Side Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Side Tee
Middle
Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.
Up
Places the branch of the tee in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the branch of the tee in the negative Z direction.
Vert Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Vert Tee
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the return at the center point of the arc of the return.
Up
Places the return direction in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the return direction in the negative Z direction.
Side Cross
Buttweld toolbar: Side Cross
Side Lateral
Buttweld toolbar: Side Lateral
Vert Lateral
Buttweld toolbar: Vert Lateral
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up
Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.
Side Wye
Buttweld toolbar: Side Wye
Vert Wye
Buttweld toolbar: Vert Wye
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Wye
Command line: VYB
Places a wye normal to the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane. This
command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and branches of the wye.
Flanges
Plant menu: Toolbars > Flanges
Weld Neck - Places a weld neck flange in the X-Y plane. For FLGW
more information, see Weld Neck Flange (on page 485).
Slip On - Places a slip-on flange in the X-Y plane. For more FLGO
information, see Slip-On Flange (on page 487).
Blind - Places a blind flange in the X-Y plane. For more FLGB
information, see Blind Flange (on page 488).
Socket Weld - Places a socket type flange in the X-Y plane. FLGS
For more information, see Socket Type Flange (on page 489).
Lap Joint - Places a lapped-joint flange in the X-Y plane. For FLGL
more information, see Lap Joint Flange (on page 492).
Long Weld Neck - Places a long weld neck component in the LWN
X-Y plane. For more information, see Long Weld Neck (on
page 493).
.
For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 447).
Slip-on Flange
Flanges toolbar: Slip On
.
For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 447).
Blind Flange
Flanges toolbar: Blind
Place a flange
1. Click a flange component command.
2. Click to select a starting point. This must be another flange component; otherwise, the
system prompts you to add another flange. If prompted, select a flange from the list, and
skip step 3.
If you selected a Stub End or a Long Weld Neck the system prompts you to define
the length. Type the length as needed, and skip step 3.
3. Click to select the direction of the flange.
The flange component is drawn.
Some of the system prompts you may receive are based on the settings you have
defined in the piping rules for Apply Flange Insertion Rule (on page 59) and Default Flange
Insertion Type.
.
For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 447).
Threaded Flange
Flanges toolbar: Threaded
Command line: FLGT
Places a threaded flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto
Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 269). Gaskets can also be added
to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion
Rule (on page 58).
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Thread end
Starts the flange at the threaded end.
Face end
Starts the flange at the face end.
.
For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 447).
Place a flange
1. Click a flange component command.
2. Click to select a starting point. This must be another flange component; otherwise, the
system prompts you to add another flange. If prompted, select a flange from the list, and
skip step 3.
If you selected a Stub End or a Long Weld Neck the system prompts you to define
the length. Type the length as needed, and skip step 3.
3. Click to select the direction of the flange.
The flange component is drawn.
Some of the system prompts you may receive are based on the settings you have
defined in the piping rules for Apply Flange Insertion Rule (on page 59) and Default Flange
Insertion Type.
Stub End
Flanges toolbar: Stub End
Command line: STB
Places a stub-end coupling component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 269). Gaskets can also
be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 58).
Length
Defines the length of the stub-end. If no length is defined, the default value from the current
specification is used.
Plan end
Starts the stub at the plain end.
Face end
Starts the stub at the face end.
.
For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 447).
.
For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 447).
.
For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 447).
Flgd/BW Valves
Plant menu: Toolbars > Flgd/BW Valves
The commands on the Flgd/BW Valves toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling
versus 2D Modeling (on page 447).
It is possible to add multiple pressure and ratings to valves in the Specification Editor. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane in the CADWorx Spec Editor User's
Guide.
If you draw a valve with multiple ratings in CADWorx Plant and then attach a flange, the
software prompts you when the flange and the valve rating do not match. You can select
Yes to override and insert the flange. Optionally, select No, and then insert a flange with a
matching rating.
Gate - Places a gate valve component in the X-Y plane. For GATF
more information, see Gate Valve (on page 500).
Ball - Places a ball valve component in the X-Y plane. For BALF
more information, see Ball Valve (on page 500)
Globe - Places a globe valve component in the X-Y plane. For GLBF
more information, see Globe Valve (on page 501).
Plug - Places a plug valve component in the X-Y plane. For PLUF
more information, see Plug Valve (on page 502).
Dual Check - Places a dual check valve and flange gasket DCHF
components in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Dual
Check Valve (on page 505).
Angle Top - Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. ANGF
For more information, see Angle Top Valve (on page 508).
The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.
Relief Top - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with the HRELF
relief end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Relief Top Valve (on page 511)
Angle Side - Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. HANGF
For more information, see Angle Side Valve (on page 512).
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Gate Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Gate
Command line: GATF
Places a gate valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 269). Gaskets can also be
added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 58).
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Ball Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Ball
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Globe Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Globe
Command line: GLBF
Places a globe valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 269). Gaskets can also be
added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 58).
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Plug Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Plug
Victaulic toolbar: Sanitary Plug Valve
Command line: PLUF
Places a plug valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 269). Gaskets can also be
added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 58).
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Center
Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Check Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Check
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Butterfly Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Butterfly
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Diaphragm Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Diaphragm
Command line: DIAF
Places a diaphragm valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 269). Gaskets can also
be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 58).
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Rotary Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Rotary
Command line: ROTF
Places a rotary component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto
Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 269). Gaskets can also be added
to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion
Rule (on page 58).
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Control Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Control
Command line: CNTF
Places a control valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 269). Gaskets can also be
added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 58).
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length
Specifies the length of the valve.
Start
Places the valve at the start point.
Middle
Places the valve at its middle.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.
Length
Defines the length of the pressure side and the relief side of the valve.
Pressure
Places the pressure end of the valve at the start point.
Corner
Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
Up
Places the branch of the valve in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the branch of the valve in the negative Z direction.
Lined
Plant menu: Toolbars > Lined
The commands on the Lined toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus
2D Modeling (on page 447).
Lined Tee Plan - Places a flanged and lined tee in the X-Y TEFL
plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Plan (on page
530).
Lined Wye Plan - Places a flanged and lined wye in the X-Y YFL
plane. For more information, see Lined Wye Plan (on page
517).
Lined Cross Plan - Places a four-way flanged and lined cross CRSE
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Plan (on
page 550).
Lined Spacer - Places a lined spacer in the X-Y plane. For BLD
more information, see Bleed Ring or Spacer (on page 644).
Lined Blind Flange - Places a lined blind flange in the X-Y FLGB
plane. For more information, see Blind Flange (on page 488).
The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.
Lined Tee Side - Places a flanged and lined tee with the HTEFL
branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Flanged Tee Side (on page 538).
Lined Tee Vert - Places a flanged and lined tee with the main VTEFL
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged
Tee Vertical (on page 539).
Lined Wye Side - Places a flanged and lined wye on the X-Y HYFL
plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Lined Wye Side (on page 518).
Lined Wye Vert - Places a flanged and lined wye normal to VYFL
the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane
For more information, see Lined Wye Vert (on page 518).
Lined Cross Side - Places a four-way flanged and lined cross HCRSE
with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Cross Side (on page 570).
The specification for lined pipe components is delivered in the <Units>_Lined_Specs.prj file
in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec folder.
The FLGS column in the flanged component data files controls placement of flanges. A
value of 1 places a flange on the first end of the component. 2 places a flange on the
second end. 3 places flanges on both ends. 4 places a flange on the branch end of a tee or
wye. Other combinations of flanges are based on adding these values. For example, if the
flanges are needed on all ends of a tee, use 1 + 2 + 4 = 7.
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Lined Pipe
Lined toolbar: Lined Pipe
Command line: PIPFL
Places a flanged and lined pipe component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component.
Flanged end
Places the flanged end of the pipe at the start point. This option is used when the pipe has a
flange on one end.
Plain end
Places the plain end of the pipe at the start point. This option is used when the pipe has a
flange on one end.
Length
Defines the length of the pipe. If no length is defined, the length is based on the start and
end points.
Place a pipe
1. Click a pipe component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER.
3. Click to select an ending point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER.
The pipe component is drawn.
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.
Fiberglass
Plant menu: Toolbars > Fiberglass
The commands on the Fiberglass toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus
2D Modeling (on page 447).
FRP Bell Full Clpg Plan - Places a coupling in the X-Y CPS
plane. For more information, see Coupling (on page 527).
FRP Blind Flange - Places a blind flange in the X-Y plane. FLGB
For more information, see Blind Flange (on page 488).
FRP Flange - Places a socket type flange in the X-Y plane. FLGS
For more information, see Socket Type Flange (on page
489).
FRP Flanged Tee Plan - Places a flanged tee in the X-Y TEFL
plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Plan (on
page 530).
The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.
FRP Bell Full Clpg End - Places a full coupling end VCPS
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Full
Coupling End (on page 535).
FRP Flanged Tee Side - Places a flanged tee with the HTEFL
branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Flanged Tee Side (on page 538).
FRP Flanged Tee Vert - Places a flanged tee with the VTEFL
main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Flanged Tee Vertical (on page 539).
You must set the <Units>_FRP_Specs.prj default specification that is supplied with CADWorx
for the icons to work on the toolbar.
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Fiberglass Pipe
Fiberglass toolbar: Pipe
Command line: PIPF
Places a pipe component in the X-Y plane.
Ends
Specifies the end options for the starting and ending of the pipe.
Threaded
Bevel
Plain
last point
Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component.
Center
Places the pipe along the center of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
TOP
Places the pipe along the top of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
BOP
Places the pipe along the bottom of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Right
Places the pipe along the right side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Left
Places the pipe along the left side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Coupling
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Full Clpg Plan
Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.
Threaded/Socket Cap
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Cap
Command line: CAPS
Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Cap end
Places the top of the cap at the start point.
Place a cap
1. Click a cap component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the cap.
The cap component is drawn.
Threaded/Socket Insert/Bushing
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bush/Insert
Command line: BUSS
Places a bushing in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Large end
Places the large end at the start point of the component.
Small end
Places the small end at the start point of the component.
Place a bushing
1. Click a bushing component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the bushing.
The bushing component is drawn.
Sock-O-Let
Fiberglass toolbar: Sock-O-Let
Command line: SOL
Places a sock-o-let in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner
Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd
Places the start point of the component at the other end.
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up
Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.
Saddle in Vertical
Fiberglass toolbar: Saddle in Vertical
Command line: VSOL
Places a soc-o-let with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the lateral is placed at
the start point by default.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up
Places the top of the soc-o-let in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the top of the soc-o-let in the negative Z direction.
Sanitary
Plant menu: Toolbars > Sanitary
The commands on the Sanitary toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus
2D Modeling (on page 447).
Sanitary Tee Plan - Places a straight sanitary tee in the X-Y TESE
plane. For more information, see Sanitary Tee Plan (on page
549).
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan - Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow 22EN
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 22.5 Ell
Plan (on page 553).
Sanitary Cap - Places a sanitary pipe cap in the X-Y plane. CAPE
For more information, see Sanitary Cap (on page 557).
The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.
Sanitary Tee Side - Places a straight sanitary tee with the HTESE
branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary Tee Side (on page 568).
Sanitary Tee Vertical - Places a straight sanitary tee with the VTESE
main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary Tee Vertical (on page 568).
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side - Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow H22EN
normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next run is
horizontal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side (on page 574).
Sanitary Wye Side - Places a sanitary wye on the X-Y plane HYE
with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Sanitary Wye Side (on page 578).
Sanitary fitting components can have many end types, such as butt-welded, flanged, ferrule,
coupling, hub, square, bull, and a simple engagement used with threaded and socket-welded
piping. The end types can also vary for each end of a fitting, as shown in the examples below.
The available end types are defined by the selected specification, and the prompts for each
command reflect the end type used. Available end types are shown below.
End types are delivered in the files End1.dwg through End17.dwg in the [Product
Folder]\Plant\Support folder.
The multi-port valves have special port controls in the data files. Listed below are all the port
types available for these valves. When all three ports are specified in the data file, all three ports
are drawn on the drawing. When only one or two ports are required, place 0 in the last port
entries and this supplies either a one or two port valve.
CADWorx end types are exported to Isogen as shown in the following table.
CADWorx End Type Isogen End Type
0 PL (Plain)
1 BW (Butt weld)
2 FL (Flanged)
3 LN (Liner/Nut)
4 LN (Liner/Nut)
5 MP (Male Part)
6 MP (Male Part)
7 MP (Male Part)
8 MP (Male Part)
9 CL (Clamped)
10 CL (Clamped)
11 CL (Clamped)
12 CL (Clamped)
13 CL (Clamped)
14 SW (Socket Weld)
15 SC (Screwed)
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.
otherEnd
Places the other end of the tee at the start point.
Branch
Places the branch of the tee at the start point.
The end type is defined by the current specification.
Cross Plan
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cross Plan
Lateral Plan
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Plan
Sanitary Concentric
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Concentric
Command line: CONCE
Places a sanitary concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Large end
Places the large end of the reducer at the start point.
Small end
Places the small end of the reducer at the start point.
The end type is defined by the current specification.
Sanitary Eccentric
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Eccentric
Command line: ECCE
Places a sanitary eccentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Large end
Places the large end of the reducer at the start point.
Small end
Places the small end of the reducer at the start point.
Up
Places the flat side of the reducer in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the flat side of the reducer in the negative Z direction.
The end type is defined by the current specification.
Sanitary Stub
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Stub
Command line: STUE
Places a sanitary stub coupling component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Plan end
Places the plan end at the start point.
Face end
Places the face end at the start point.
Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling component command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the end of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.
Sanitary Cap
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cap
Command line: CAPE
Places a sanitary pipe cap in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Cap end
Places the top of the cap at the start point.
Place a cap
1. Click a cap component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the cap.
The cap component is drawn.
Sanitary Nut/Coupling
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Nut/Coupling
Command line: NUTE
Places a sanitary nut/coupling in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling component command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the end of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.
FErrule end
Places the ferrule end of the elbow at the start point.
Up
Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.
Cross Side
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cross Side
Lined toolbar: Lined Cross Side
Command line: HCRSE
Places a four-way straight cross with the branches normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross.
Flanged
Places the flanged end of the cross at the start point.
Lateral Side
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Side
Lined toolbar: Lined Lateral Side
Command line: HLATE
Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the lateral at the centerline intersection of the branch and main.
coupLing End
Places the coupling end of the lateral at the start point.
Up
Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.
Lateral Vertical
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Vertical
Lined toolbar: Lined Lateral Vert
Command line: VLATE
Places a 45 degree lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the lateral is
placed at the start point by default.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up
Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.
Up
Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.
Victaulic
Plant menu: Toolbars > Victaulic
The commands on the Victaulic toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus
2D Modeling (on page 447).
Command Name Command Line
Pipe - Places a victaulic pipe component. For more PIPW
information, see Pipe (on page 452).
Plan 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow in 90LR
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 LR Ell
(on page 453).
Plan 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow in 90SR
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 SR Ell
(on page 453).
Threaded/Socket
Plant menu: Toolbars > Thrd/SW Fittings
The Command Line column in the table below shows the command for the socket
weld component and the equivalent threaded component. Use the Threaded and Socket
Weld commands on the Setup Size/Spec Panel (on page 26) to switch between these two
modes.
The commands on the Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D
mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling
versus 2D Modeling (on page 447).
Command Name Command Line
Thrd/SW Pipe - Places a threaded/socket pipe component. For PIPF
more information, see Thrd/SW Pipe (on page 588).
Nipple - Places a pipe nipple in the X-Y plane. For more NIP
information, see Nipple (on page 589).
Tube - Attaches tubing to any 2D or 3D polyline. For more TUBE
information, see Tube (on page 590).
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket 90S/90T
elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 90
Ell Plan (on page 591).
Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree 90SS/90ST
threaded/socket street elbow in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan (on page 592).
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket 45S/45T
elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 45
Ell Plan (on page 593).
Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree 90RS/90RT
threaded/socket reducing elbow in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan (on page 593).
Thrd/SW Tee Plan - Places a threaded/socket straight tee in TESS/TEST
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Tee Plan
(on page 594).
Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan - Places a straight threaded/socket TERS/TERT
reducing tee in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan (on page 595).
Thrd/SW Conc Swage - Places a concentric reducer swage in SWGC
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Conc
Swage (on page 595).
Thrd/SW Ecc Swage - Places an eccentric reducer swage in SWGE
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Ecc Swage
(on page 596).
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Thrd/SW Pipe
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Pipe
Command line: PIPF
Places a pipe component in the X-Y plane.
If the drawing environment is set to threaded, the piping component has threaded ends.
If the drawing environment is set to a socket weld, the piping component has plain ends.
Ends
Specifies the end options for the starting and ending of the pipe.
Threaded
Used when working with threaded pipe. The threaded default option appears when
the environment is set to threaded mode. For more information, see Setup
Size/Spec Panel (on page 26).
Bevel
Used when working with welded components.
Plain
Used when working with threaded pipe. The threaded default option appears when
the environment is set to threaded mode. For more information, see Setup
Size/Spec Panel (on page 26).
last point
Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component.
TOP
Places the pipe along the top of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
BOP
Places the pipe along the bottom of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Right
Places the pipe along the right side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Left
Places the pipe along the left side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Nipple
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Nipple
Command line: NIP
Places a pipe nipple in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length
Defines the length of the fitting component.
Close
Reads the close distance as specified in the data file.
Ends
Specifies the end options for the starting and ending of the pipe.
Threaded
Used when working with threaded pipe. The threaded default option appears when
the environment is set to threaded mode. For more information, see Setup
Size/Spec Panel (on page 26).
Bevel
Used when working with welded components.
Plain
Used when working with threaded pipe. The threaded default option appears when
the environment is set to threaded mode. For more information, see Setup
Size/Spec Panel (on page 26).
Place a nipple
1. Click Nipple . Alternatively, type NIP on the command line and then press ENTER.
2. Click to select a starting point.
3. Click to select an ending point.
4. Specify the end option for the start of the component.
5. Specify the end option for the end of the component.
The end options default depends on which options you have set.
The pipe nipple is drawn.
Tube
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Tube
Command line: TUBE
Attaches tubing to any 2D or 3D polyline. Different radii can be placed at each vertex of the
polyline, or you can define a common radius for all corners.
Use the Router command on the RT Panel (on page 275) for useful 3D polyline
routing capabilities.
Tubing uses the pipe component entry within the CADWorx Plant specifications. Pipe and tubing
can be used concurrently. Tubing can occupy a range of 1/8” – 1/2”, whereas regular pipe can
occupy 3/4” and above. Tubing can be set up as an optional component, or the specification can
be set up to only handle tubing.
After tubing is placed in the drawing, other components can be inserted into it. Like normal
piping, tubing also automatically breaks. Even after a component is inserted, the tubing remains
as one piece. When edited with CEDIT, the tubing attached to a single polyline also acts as one
piece.
Grouping is controlled by the PICKSTYLE environmental variable, which must be turned
on for the tubing to act as one piece. Alternatively, you can use the CADWorx GROUPTOG
command to turn the AutoCAD grouping control on or off. For more information, see Group
On/Off (on page 216).
Tubing is exported to a live database, and appears in the CADWorx Bill of Material as one
piece.
Tubing is exported to the CADWorx Isogen isometric generator and appears in the Isogen
material list.
Tubing is not exported to CAESAR II.
Tubing can be stretched only at the end point of the tube run by using the square grip point.
You can also use the plus grip points to route pipe from the tubing.
Place tubing
1. Click Tube . Alternatively, type TUBE on the command line and then press ENTER.
2. Type the required radius.
3. Select the 2D or 3D polyline.
The tubing is attached.
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan
Command line: 90/S90T
Places a 90 degree threaded/socket elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start
Places the start point of the component at the default start point.
Corner
Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd
Places the start point of the component at the other end.
1. Click Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan . Alternatively, type 90SS on the command line and
then press ENTER.
If the drawing environment is set to threaded mode, type 90ST on the command line.
2. To optionally place the male end first, right-click and select Male.
3. Pick a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
4. Click in the direction of the corner.
5. Click in the direction of the male end of the elbow.
If the male end is placed first, the system prompts you for placement of the female
end.
The elbow component is drawn.
4. To place the flat side in the X-Y plane, click in the direction of the flat side.
or
To place the flat side in the Z direction, select Up or Down.
5. Specify the end type connection at the large end of the reducer.
Type the required alpha description.
6. Specify the end type connection at the small end of the reducer.
The reducer component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Cap
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Cap
Command line: CAPS/CAPT
Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Cap end
Places the top of the cap at the start point.
Place a cap
1. Click a cap component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the cap.
The cap component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Plug
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Plug
Command line: PLGT
Places a plug in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Cap end
Places the cap end of the component at the start point.
Place a plug
1. Click a plug component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the end point.
The plug component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Bush/Insert
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Bush/Insert
Command line: BUSS/BUST
Places a bushing in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Large end
Places the non-reducing end at the start point.
Small end
Places the reducing end at the start point.
Place a bushing
1. Click a bushing component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the bushing.
The bushing component is drawn.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start
Places the start point of the component at the default start point.
Middle
Places the component at the centerline.
otherEnd
Places the start point of the component at the other end.
Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.
Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.
Large
Places the large end at the start point.
Middle
Places the start point of the component at the centerline.
Small
Places the small end at the start point.
Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling component command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the end of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Union
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Union
Command line: UNT
Places a threaded/socket union in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the component at the centerline intersection of the union.
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.
Thrd/SW Valves
Plant menu: Toolbars > Thrd/SW Valves
The Command Line column in the table below shows the command for the socket
weld component and the equivalent threaded component. Use the Threaded and Socket
Weld commands on the Setup Size/Spec Panel (on page 26) to switch between the two
modes.
The commands on the Thrd/SW Valves toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D
mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling
versus 2D Modeling (on page 447).
X-Body Gate BW - Places a butt weld X-body style gate valve EGAB
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body Gate BW
(on page 633).
X-Body Gate Thrd - Places a threaded X-body style gate valve EGAT
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body Gate Thrd
(on page 633).
The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.
The arrow in the lower right corner of a command button indicates a fly-out menu with
additional commands available.
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Thrd/SW Gate
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Gate
Command line: GATS/GATT
Places a threaded or socket weld gate valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Ball
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Ball
Command line: BALS/BALT
Places a threaded or socket weld ball valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Globe
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Globe
Command line: GLBS/GLBT
Places a threaded or socket weld globe valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Plug
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Plug
Command line: PLUS/PLUT
Places a threaded or socket weld plug valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Check
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Check
Command line: CHKS/CHKT
Places a threaded or socket weld check valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start
Places the start point of the component at the default start point.
Middle
Places the valve at its center.
otherEnd
Places the start point of the component at the other end.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Needle
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Needle
Command line: NEDS/NEDT
Places a threaded or socket weld needle valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Diaphragm
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Diaphragm
Command line: DIAS/DIAT
Places a threaded or socket weld diaphragm valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Rotary
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Rotary
Command line: ROTS/ROTT
Places a threaded or socket weld rotary valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Control
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Control
Command line: CNTS/CNTT
Places a threaded or socket weld control valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length
Specifies the length of the component.
Middle
Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Gage
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Gage
Command line: GAGS/GAGT
Places a threaded or socket weld gage valve in the X-Y plane
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the valve at its center.
To pick the outlet locations of the gage valve, use the MIDpoint of OSnap command and
then pick the sides on the outlet end.
Because there is no way to accurately locate the outlets in 3D, first draw the component in
2D and then use the CONVERTSOLID command to convert the valve component to 3D
solids.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
X-Body Gate BW
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW X-Body Gate BW
Command line: EGAB
Places a butt weld X-body style gate valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
X-Body Gate SW
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW X-Body Gate SW
Command line: EGAS
Places a socket weld X-body style gate valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.
Gaskets, Etc.
Plant menu: Toolbars > Gaskets, Etc.
Weld Gap - Creates weld gaps For more information, see WELD
Weld Gap (on page 639).
The arrow in the lower right corner of a command button indicates a fly-out menu with
additional commands available.
Gasket
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Gasket
Command line: GAS
Places a gasket. The gasket is composed of two different entities. First is an inserted block that
is located at the insert point. Another inserted block is placed on the other side of the gasket.
The GASR contains Xdata information for Bill of Materials extraction. GASL is a plain insert
without information. When you use mode conversion to convert components to another mode in
a Z-plane position, the GASL insert is destroyed. When you convert the single GASR insert in
the proper X and Y planes, both sides of the gasket are created again.
The shape of the gasket allows for other uses, as explained below.
The half circle on the outer portion of both inserts allow for easy picking for dimensioning. For
example, when dimensioning, select Osnap, CENter of, and pick the center of circle which is the
exact corner of the face of flange). You should find that it is relatively easy to select the center of
the circle from a zoomed out view.
For placing a flange face against the gasket, you can select Osnap, ENDpoint of, and select the
side of the gasket to place the flange perfectly in position. This provides a method of placing the
flange when the last point option is no longer available.
This routine is also used for ring type joints. The data files for rings have an extra column
indicating the ring number. The gasket routine senses this additional column and adds this ring
number to the bill of materials description. The distance between the faces of adjoining flanges
(under compression) are used in this file instead of the actual depth of the ring.
Insert a gasket
1. Click Gasket .
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to
select the last point of the previously-placed component.
3. Click in the required direction.
The software inserts a gasket at the selected location.
The same procedure can be used to place ring type joints. The data files for rings have
an extra column, which indicates the ring number. The gasket routine senses this additional
column, and adds this ring number to the Bill of Materials description. The distance between the
faces of adjoining flanges (under compression) is used in this file instead of the actual depth of
the ring.
You can set the software to automatically add Gaskets when needed by changing the
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 58) in Piping Rules under Setup .
Weld Gap
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Weld Gap
Command line: WELD
Creates weld gaps for detailed pipe fabrication. Weld gaps are controlled by the currently
defined specification and are placed according to size and/or schedule.
last point
Places the weld gap at the last point of the previously-created component.
Each specification has data files that provide different thicknesses.
Pipe Ends
Plant menu: Toolbars > Pipe Ends
Restraints
Plant menu: > Toolbars > Restraints
The types of restraints used with CADWorx Plant are listed in the table below.
The restraint is used in the bi-directional link with CAESAR II. The position of the restraint is
important for the evaluation of the stress model within CAESAR II. For example, you can
position a rotational restraint at any vector.
Restraints appear on the drawing in a symbolic format. You can modify the symbol shape that
appears on the output drawing by editing the restraint drawing file. These drawing files are
delivered to the [Product Folder]\Support folder. If necessary, a restraint symbol can be re-
drawn as a three-dimensional shape. In these instances, you must maintain the base of the
restraint at 0,0,0 and the direction of the restraint at 0 degrees.
The CAESARIITolerance (on page 38) variable is useful when the bi-directional process
encounters a problem locating a restraint along a pipe line, especially if the pipe line is
sloped.
All supports drawn using the Restraint commands in CADWorx Plant are exported as guides
to Isogen. To export a different symbol to Isogen, use the Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page
89) to change the SKEY. Acceptable SKEY values are: Four blank characters, ANCH,
DUCK, GUID, SKID, SPRG, and HANG. For information about the sample Isogen shapes
used with these SKEYS, see the Isogen Symbol Keys Reference Guide, which you can find
in [Product Folder]Plant\Isogen\I-Configure\resdlls\0009.
You can also use the Isogen Data dialog box to change the support direction.
Misc
Plant menu: Toolbars > Misc
Use the Threaded and Socket Weld commands on the Setup Size/Spec
Panel (on page 26) to switch between these two modes for SW/Thrd Plan and SW/Thrd Side.
The commands on the Misc toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus
2D Modeling (on page 447).
User Shape 1 - Places user created shape 1 in the X-Y plane. USE1
For more information, see User Shapes (on page 218).
User Shape 2 - Places user created shape 2 in the X-Y plane. USE2
For more information, see User Shapes (on page 218).
User Shape 3 - Places user created shape 3 in the X-Y plane. USE3
For more information, see User Shapes (on page 218).
User Shape 4 - Places user created shape 4 in the X-Y plane. USE4
For more information, see User Shapes (on page 218).
User Shape 5 - Places user created shape 5 in the X-Y plane. USE5
For more information, see User Shapes (on page 218).
Bleed Ring - Places a bleed ring in the drawing in the X-Y BLD
plane. For more information, see Bleed Ring or Spacer (on
page 644).
Stop Sign - Places Isogen stop sign symbols in the drawing. STOPSIGN
For more information, see Stop Sign (on page 170).
The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.
Spec Bld Vert - Places a blind spectacle with the main normal VSPCT
to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Spectacle Blind
Vertical (on page 648).
The arrow in the lower right corner of the button indicates a flyout for more options.
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Flanged Plan
Misc toolbar: Flanged Plan
Command line: STRF
Places a flanged pipe component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length
Specifies the length of the component.
Length of basket side
Specifies the length of the basket side of the component.
otherEnd
Places the start point of the component at the other end.
Main end
Specifies the direction of the second point.
Branch end
Specifies the direction of the branch end of the pipe.
SW/Thrd Plan
Misc toolbar: SW/Thrd Plan
Command line: STRT
Places a socket weld/threaded strainer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length
Specifies the length of the component.
Length of basket side
Specifies the length of the basket side of the component.
otherEnd
Place the start point of the component at the other end.
Main end
Specifies the direction of the second point.
Branch end
Specifies the direction of the branch end of the pipe.
Reinforcing Saddle
Miscellaneous toolbar: Reinforcing Saddle
Command line: REINFSAD
Attaches a reinforcement saddle to a branch connection. On the drawing, the reinforcement
saddle is represented by the alpha-identifier S. This symbolic letter has Xdata attached to it that
is used in Bill of Material generation and with the CAESAR II bi-directional link.
For more information, see Insert a reinforcement saddle (on page 321).
Expansion Joint
Misc toolbar: Expansion Joint
Command line: EXPF
Places an expansion joint in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length
Specifies the length of the expansion joint.
Rigid Element
Misc toolbar: Rigid Element
Command line: ELEMENT
Places a CAESAR II element in the drawing.
Used with CAESAR II (pipe stress analysis software) when a rigid component is required. This is
convenient when using a rigid from the base of a pump to the pump discharge piping, or placing
a rigid as a structural member that might be supporting the pipe.
When using the CAESAR II bi-directional link or importing a stress input file, rigids can be
automatically placed. These rigids are used by the bi-directional link and should not be modified
in any manner. They can be moved with a piping system, but they need to remain in their
relative location. They are often used when the length of a CAESAR II component does not
match the components contained within CADWorx.
These elements are represented with a polyline that has pointed ends. Specify where rigid
elements display from the LayerByLineNumber (on page 42) configuration setting.
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.
Flanged Side
Misc toolbar: Flanged Side
Command line: HSTRF
Places a pipe component normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length
Specifies the length of the component.
Length of basket side
Specifies the length of the basket side of the component.
otherEnd
Places the start point of the component at the other end.
Up
Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the branch direction in the negative the Z direction.
SW/Thrd Side
Misc toolbar: SW/Thrd Side
Command line: HSTRT
Places a socket weld/threaded strainer component normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length
Specifies the length of the component.
Operators
Plant menu: Toolbars > Operators
Top Works Add - Adds top works to a valve already drawn in TOPWORKSADD
the model. For more information, see Top Works Add (on
page 241).
Line Numbers
Plant menu: Toolbars > Line Numbers
Line Number By - Sets the line number from one of three NUMBERSET
sources: a P&ID project, the current drawing, or a selected
component. For more information, see Set (on page 187).
Line Number Count - Sets the present line number count NUMBERCOUNT
value. For more information, see Count (on page 188).
UCS
Plant menu: Toolbars > UCS
Flat - Places the current user coordinate system in the flat VIEWFLAT
position. For more information, see Flat (on page 328).
North - Places the current user coordinate system in the north VIEWNORTH
position. For more information, see North (on page 329).
East - Places the current user coordinate system in the east VIEWEAST
position. For more information, see East (on page 330).
West - Places the current user coordinate system in the west VIEWWEST
position. For more information, see West (on page 330).
Next - Toggles through each of the Point and Shoot UCS UCSNEXT
positions. For more information, see UCS Next (on page 328).
Steel
Plant menu: Toolbars > Steel
Tee - Places a tee shape. For more information, see Tee TSHAPE
Shapes (on page 339).
Flat Bar - Places a flat bar shape. For more information, see FBSHAPE
Flat Bar Shapes (on page 342).
Round Bar - Places a round bar shape. For more information, RBSHAPE
see Round Bar Shapes (on page 343).
Channel Lip - Places a channel shape with a lip. For more CLIPSHAPE
information, see Channel Shape with Lip (on page 344).
Angle Lip - Places an angle shape with a lip. For more LLIPSHAPE
information, see Angle Shape with Lip (on page 345).
Base Plate - Places base plates in free space or at the end of SBPLATE
a member. For more information, see Base Plate (on page
352).
Cut - Cuts members by a plane that you define. For more SCUT
information, see Cut (on page 388).
Miter - Cuts two coplanar members back to one another. For SMITER
more information, see Miter (on page 387).
Union - Joins two members. For more information, see Union SUNION
(on page 389).
Frame Creation - Creates intelligent frames that they can use SFRAME
to build structural steel models. For more information, see
Steel - Frame Creation (on page 372).
Stair - Places stairs in the drawing. For more information, see SSTAIR
Stair (on page 382).
Hand Rail - Places hand rails in the drawing. For more SHRAIL
information, see Handrail (on page 380).
Settings
Plant menu: Toolbars > Settings
Main Size - Specifies main and reduction sizes. For more SETSIZE
information, see Set Specification and Size (on page 52).
All - Specifies the main size, reduction size, specification, and COMP2ALL
line number by selecting a component with the needed values.
For more information, see All (on page 72).
Zoom Lock - Allows zooming in paper space only. For more ZOOMLOCK
information, see Zoom Lock (on page 267).
Palettes
Plant menu: Toolbars > Misc
Command Name Command Line
Spec View - Filters the available components based on the SPECVIEW
size and specification settings. For more information, see
Spec View Palette (on page 104).
Line View -Isolates components based on their line number or LINEVIEW
their specification. For more information, see Line View
Palette (on page 109).
Insulation View - Creates a data file in which you can add, INSULATIONVIEW
modify and remove insulation configurations that can be
applied to CADWorx components. For more information, see
Insulation View Palette (on page 139).
Clash View - Runs interactive clash detection on AutoCAD 3D CLASHVIEW
solids in the current drawing as well as any attached XREF
drawings. For more information, see Clash View Palette (on
page 153).
Pipe Support Modeler Report - Generates a report of all pipe PIPESUPPORTREPORT
supports found in the selection or in the entire model. For
more information, see Pipe Support Report (on page 147).
Discontinuity View - Checks for different types of modeling DISCONTINUITYVIEW
issues. For more information, see Discontinuity View Palette
(on page 145).
P&ID View - Links data between the Plant and P&ID table in a PIDVIEW
project database. For more information, see P&ID View
Palette (on page 148).
Use the Spec Editor to create new data files for components and the needed component
sizes. The data file structure that is required for each component is provided in the DataFile.tbl
file in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System folder. This file is used to generate template data. For
more information, see the Spec Editor documentation delivered with CADWorx.
The acad.rx file is in the support folder. AutoCAD uses acad.rx to load the Plant menus,
toolbars, and panels.
3. Select the folder name and type the new folder path.
4. Manually create the new support folder and copy the acad.rx file to this folder.
5. On the Files tab, expand Template Settings > Drawing Template File Location.
The [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder is listed first, as shown in the example below.
6. Select the folder name and type the new folder path.
7. Click OK.
To set up a profile for another user login on the same computer, run Start > All
Programs > CADWorx > Plant > Setup Profile - Plant.
3. Click Add, and browse to the CADWorx Equipment support directory. An example is shown
in the figure below.
— Socket Weld - Sets the socket welded fitting mode for hub-
based components. For more information, see Socket Weld
(on page 101).
11LR Plan 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Plan 11.25 Ell (on page 468).
18LR Plan 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 180 LR
Return (on page 457).
18SR Plan 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 180 SR
Return (on page 457).
22EN Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan - Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 22.5 Ell
Plan (on page 553).
22LR Plan 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Plan 22.5 Ell (on page 469).
45LR Plan 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Plan 45 Ell (on page 454).
ANGF Angle Top - Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Angle Top Valve (on page 508).
ARROWS Arrow - Opens the Arrows dialog box in which you can select
an arrow head graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Arrow (on page 306).
AUTOWELD Auto Weld - Places weld gaps automatically after the last butt
weld drawn. For more information, see Auto Weld (on page
271).
BALF Ball - Places a ball valve component in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Ball Valve (on page 500).
BLD Lined Spacer - Places a lined spacer in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Bleed Ring or Spacer (on page 644).
BLD Bleed Ring - Places a bleed ring in the drawing in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Bleed Ring or Spacer (on
page 644).
CAPE Sanitary Cap - Places a sanitary pipe cap in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Sanitary Cap (on page 557).
CAPW Cap - Places a pipe cap in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Cap (on page 459).
CLIPSHAPE Channel Lip - Places a channel shape with a lip. For more
information, see Channel Shape with Lip (on page 344).
COMP2ALL All - Specifies the main size, reduction size, specification, and
line number by selecting a component with the needed values.
For more information, see All (on page 72).
CPS FRP Bell Full Clpg Plan - Places a coupling in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Coupling (on page 527).
CRSE Lined Cross Plan - Places a four-way flanged and lined cross
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Plan (on
page 550).
DCHF Dual Check - Places a dual check valve and flange gasket
components in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Dual
Check Valve (on page 505).
DETAILS Detail - Opens the Details dialog box in which you can select
a detail graphic to place on the drawing. For more information,
see Detail (on page 301).
DOTS Dots - Opens the Dots dialog box in which you can select a
weld dots graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Dots (on page 311).
EGAB X-Body Gate BW - Places a butt weld X-body style gate valve
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body Gate BW
(on page 633).
ELEV Set - Sets the elevation. For more information, see Set (on
page 290).
ELEVATIONS Elevation - Opens the Elevations box in which you can select
an elevation graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Elevation (on page 305).
FBSHAPE Flat Bar - Places a flat bar shape. For more information, see
Flat Bar Shapes (on page 342).
FLGB Blind - Places a blind flange in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Blind Flange (on page 488).
FLGL Lap Joint - Places a lapped-joint flange in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Lap Joint Flange (on page 492).
FLGO Slip On - Places a slip-on flange in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Slip-On Flange (on page 487).
FLGS Socket Weld - Places a socket type flange in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Socket Type Flange (on page 489).
FLGW Weld Neck - Places a weld neck flange in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Weld Neck Flange (on page 485).
GATF Gate - Places a gate valve component in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Gate Valve (on page 500).
GLBF Globe - Places a globe valve component in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Globe Valve (on page 501).
H11LR Side 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 11.25 Ell (on page
481).
H18LR Side 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return
normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Side 180 LR Return (on page 476).
H18SR Side 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return
normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Side 180 SR Return (on page 477).
H22EN Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side - Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow
normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next run is
horizontal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
22.5 Ell Side (on page 574).
H22LR Side 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Side 22.5 Ell (on page 482).
HANGF Angle Side - Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Angle Side Valve (on page 512).
HCEDIT Edit - Edits HVAC or cable tray shapes. For more information,
see Edit (on page 433).
HCRSE Lined Cross Side - Places a four-way flanged and lined cross
with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Cross Side (on page 570).
HCRSW Side Cross - Places a four-way straight cross with the branch
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Cross
(on page 478).
HLATW Side Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee in the X-Y plane
with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information,
see Side Lateral (on page 480).
HRELF Relief Top - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with the
relief end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Relief Top Valve (on page 511).
HTEFL Lined Tee Side - Places a flanged and lined tee with the
branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Flanged Tee Side (on page 538).
HTERW Side Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with the
branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Side Reducing Tee (on page 475).
HTESE Sanitary Tee Side - Places a straight sanitary tee with the
branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary Tee Side (on page 568).
HTESW Side Tee - Places a straight tee with the branch normal to the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Tee (on page 473).
HVAC HVAC Shapes - Places HVAC and cable tray shapes in the
drawing. For more information, see HVAC (on page 420).
HVACC HVAC Shapes Catalog - Places HVAC shapes and cable tray
shapes that are defined in a data file library. For more
information, see HVAC Shapes Catalog (on page 423).
HYB Side Wye - Places a wye on the X-Y plane with the branches
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Wye
(on page 483).
HYE Sanitary Wye Side - Places a sanitary wye on the X-Y plane
with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Sanitary Wye Side (on page 578).
HYFL Lined Wye Side - Places a flanged and lined wye on the X-Y
plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Lined Wye Side (on page 518).
INSULATIONVIEW Insulation View - Creates a data file in which you can add,
modify, and remove insulation configurations that can be
applied to CADWorx components. For more information, see
Insulation View Palette (on page 139).
ISOFLAG ISO Flag - Sets a flag in the component indicating that the
present stored length should be used regardless of what type
of length modifications are made to the pipe component. For
more information, see ISO Flag (on page 261).
ISOGENSTARTPT Isogen Start Point - Places Isogen start point symbols in the
drawing. For more information, see Isogen Start Point (on
page 171).
ISOS ISO - Opens the Isometric Symbols dialog box in which you
can select an ISO symbol graphic to place on the drawing. For
more information, see ISO (on page 309).
LATW Plan Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Plan Lateral (on page 461).
LAYERISOLATE Isolate Layer - Turns off all layers except for the layer
associated with an entity that you select. For more information,
see Isolate Layer (on page 318).
LAYEROFF Layer Off - Turns off the layer associated with an entity that
you select. For more information, see Layer Off (on page 317).
LAYERON On - Turns a layer back on that was turned off with the Layer
Off command. For more information, see Layer On (on page
317).
LAYERRESTORE Previous - Sets the current layer back to the previous layer
when you have placed dimensioning or text. For more
information, see Previous (on page 318).
LAYERSET Set Layer - Sets the current layer to that of an object that you
select. For more information, see Set Layer (on page 316).
LAYERUNISO Un-isolate Layer - Turns all of the layers back on that were
turned off with the Isolate Layer command. For more
information, see Un-Isolate Layer (on page 318).
LINEWIDTH Single Line Width - Specifies the line width for single-line
components. For more information, see Single Line Width.
LLIPSHAPE Angle Lip - Places an angle shape with a lip. For more
information, see Angle Shape with Lip (on page 345).
LWN Long Weld Neck - Places a long weld neck component in the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Long Weld Neck (on
page 493).
MISC Misc - Opens the Miscellaneous dialog box in which you can
select a miscellaneous symbol graphic to place on the
drawing. For more information, see Misc (on page 312).
NIP Nipple - Places a pipe nipple in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Nipple (on page 589).
NOLP Weld in Plan - Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The
branch end of the fitting is plain. For more information, see
Nipolet Weld in Plan (on page 605).
NOLT Thrd in Plan - Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The
branch end of the fitting is threaded. For more information, see
Nipolet Thread in Plan (on page 605).
NUMBER+ Increment - Increases the line number count value. For more
information, see Increment (on page 189).
NUMBERCOUNT Count - Sets the present line number count value. For more
information, see Count (on page 188).
NUMBERSET Set - Sets line number from three different sources: a P&ID
project, the current drawing, or a component that you select.
For more information, see Set (on page 187).
OTAP Offset Tap - Creates offset tap connections for use by Isogen.
For more information, see Offset Tap (on page 244).
PIDVIEW P&ID View - Links data between the Plant and P&ID table in a
project database. For more information, see P&ID View
Palette (on page 148).
PIPESUPPORTREPORT, Pipe Support Modeler Report - Exports the pipe support Bill
PSCBOMEXPORT of Material schedule to an external file format that you specify.
For more information, see Pipe Support Report (on page 147).
PLANS Plan - Opens the Plan dialog box in which you can select a
plan graphic to place on the drawing. For more information,
see Plan (on page 303).
PLUF Plug - Places a plug valve component in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Plug Valve (on page 502).
PSCBOMDELETE Delete Pipe Support BOM - Deletes all entities that are on
the layer designated for Bill of Materials in the current
configuration settings. For more information, see Delete Pipe
Support Bill of Material (on page 135).
PSCBOMEXPORT, Export Pipe Support BOM - Exports the pipe support Bill of
PIPESUPPORTREPORT Material schedule to an external file format that you specify.
For more information, see Export Pipe Support Bill of Material
(on page 134).
PSCBOMSETUP Pipe Support BOM Setup - Customizes the pipe support Bill
of Material schedule to any style or layout that you need. For
more information, see Pipe Support Bill of Material Setup (on
page 126).
R90LR 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow with the end
rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more
information, see 90 LR Ell (on page 465).
RBSHAPE Round Bar - Places a round bar shape. For more information,
see Round Bar Shapes (on page 343).
RTESW Tee - Places a tee with the branch rolled at a 45 degree angle
from the X-Y plane. For more information, see Tee (on page
467).
SBOMEXPORT Export Steel BOM - Exports the steel Bill of Material schedule
to an external file format that you specify. For more
information, see Export Steel Bill of Material (on page 412).
SBPLATE Base Plate - Places base plates in free space or at the end of
a member. For more information, see Base Plate (on page
352).
SCUT Cut - Cuts members by a plane that you define. For more
information, see Cut (on page 388).
SECTIONS Section - Opens the Sections dialog box in which you can
select a section graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Section (on page 300).
SETOTAPSKEY Set OTAP SKEY - Sets an SKEY for the selected OTAP. For
more information, see Set an OTAP SKEY (on page 248).
, SETSIZE, SETSPEC Main Size - Specifies the specification, and the main and
reduction sizes. For more information, see Set Specification
and Size (on page 52).
SEXPORT Export Steel Model - Exports the steel model to CAESAR II,
Robobat, or CIS/2 files. For more information, see Export
Steel Model (on page 416).
SFRAME Frame Creation - Creates intelligent frames that they can use
to build structural steel models. For more information, see
Steel - Frame Creation (on page 372).
SHRAIL Hand Rail - Places hand rails in the drawing. For more
information, see Handrail (on page 380).
SIMPORT Import Steel Model - Imports a CIS/2 file into the current
drawing. For more information, see Import Steel Model (on
page 417).
SLS Steel Single Line - Places steel single line components in the
drawing. For more information, see Single Line Steel (on page
363).
SMITER Miter - Cuts two coplanar members back to one another. For
more information, see Miter (on page 387).
SPECCHGTOGGLE Spec Change Toggle - Turns the TAG value update on or off.
SPLATE Plate - Places plates in the drawing. For more information, see
Plate (on page 349).
SSTAIR Stair - Places stairs in the drawing. For more information, see
Stair (on page 382).
STOPSIGN Stop Sign - Places Isogen stop sign symbols in the drawing.
For more information, see Stop Sign (on page 170).
SUNION Union - Joins two members. For more information, see Union
(on page 389).
TAGINSERT Insert Tag - Places a tag on the drawing without having to run
a Bill of Material. For more information, see Insert Tag (on
page 203).
TAGRELOCATE Tag Location - Moves a tag. For more information, see Tag
Location (on page 203).
TAGTOGGLE Tag Toggle - Turns on and off the placement of tags. For
more information, see Tag Toggle Bill of Material (on page
203).
TEFL Lined Tee Plan - Places a flanged and lined tee in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Plan (on page
530).
TERW Plan Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing Tee (on page
456).
TESE Sanitary Tee Plan - Places a straight sanitary tee in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Sanitary Tee Plan (on page
549).
TESW Plan Tee - Places a straight tee in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Plan Tee (on page 455).
TICK Tick Mark - Shows which side of the dimension extension line
the gasket is on. For more information, see Tick Mark (on
page 295).
TOL Thrd in Plan - Places a threadolet fitting in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Threadolet Thread in Plan (on page
602).
TOPWORKSADD Top Works Add - Adds top works to a valve already drawn in
the model. For more information, see Top Works Add (on
page 241).
TSHAPE Tee - Places a tee shape. For more information, see Tee
Shapes (on page 339).
UCSNEXT Next - Places the current user coordinate system in the next
position. For more information, see UCS Next (on page 328).
USE1 User Shape 1 - Places user created shape 1 in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see User Shapes (on page 218).
USE2 User Shape 2 - Places user created shape 2 in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see User Shapes (on page 218).
USE3 User Shape 3 - Places user created shape 3 in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see User Shapes (on page 218).
USE4 User Shape 4 - Places user created shape 4 in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see User Shapes (on page 218).
USE5 User Shape 5 - Places user created shape 5 in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see User Shapes (on page 218).
V11LR Vert 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 11.25 Ell (on page
481).
V18LR Vert 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return
normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 180 LR Return
(on page 476).
V18SR Vert 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return
normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 180 SR Return
(on page 478).
V22LR Vert 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Vert 22.5 Ell (on page 483).
V45S FRP Bell 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket 45
Degree Elbow Vert (on page 532).
VCPS FRP Bell Full Clpg End - Places a full coupling end normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Full Coupling End
(on page 535).
VIEWEAST East - Places the current user coordinate system in the east
position. For more information, see East (on page 330).
VIEWEDIT Edit - Edits a views box. For more information, see Edit (on
page 267).
VIEWFLAT Flat - Places the current user coordinate system in the flat
position. For more information, see Flat (on page 328).
VIEWNORTH North - Places the current user coordinate system in the north
position. For more information, see North (on page 329).
VIEWWEST West - Places the current user coordinate system in the west
position. For more information, see West (on page 330).
VLATW Vert Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee with the main
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert
Lateral (on page 480).
VSPCT Spec Bld Vert - Places a blind spectacle with the main normal
to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Spectacle Blind
Vertical (on page 648).
VTEFL Lined Tee Vert - Places a flanged and lined tee with the main
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged
Tee Vertical (on page 539).
VTERW Vert Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with the
main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert
Reducing Tee (on page 475).
VTESE Sanitary Tee Vertical - Places a straight sanitary tee with the
main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary Tee Vertical (on page 568).
VTESS FRP Bell Tee Vert - Places a straight threaded/socket tee with
the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Vert (on page 533).
VTESW Vert Tee - Places a straight tee with the main normal to the X-
Y plane. For more information, see Vert Tee (on page 474).
VYB Vert Wye - Places a wye normal to the X-Y plane with the
branches also normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Vert Wye (on page 484).
VYFL Lined Wye Vert - Places a flanged and lined wye normal to
the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane
For more information, see Lined Wye Vert (on page 518).
WELD Weld Gap - Creates weld gaps For more information, see
Weld Gap (on page 639).
WELDS Weld - Opens the Weld Symbols dialog box in which you
select a weld symbol graphic to place on the drawing. For
more information, see Weld (on page 307).
WELDSIZE Weld Size - Sets the default size of the weld dots that
accompany single line components. For more information, see
Weld Size (on page 216).
WELDTOTAL Weld Total - For more information, see Weld Total (on page
272).
WOL Weld in Plan - Places a weldolet fitting in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Weldolet Weld in Plan (on page 602).
YFL Lined Wye Plan - Places a flanged and lined wye in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Lined Wye Plan (on page
517).
ZOOMLOCK Zoom Lock - Allows zooming in paper space only. For more
information, see Zoom Lock (on page 267).
Update History
Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2015 SP1
You can now convert CADWorx drawing files to the VUE file format. For more information,
see VUE Panel (on page 286) and Export to VUE (on page 286).
Software Enhancements
You can now turn updates on or off for Layer/color in the Apply Change Data Rule. For
more information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (on page 62).
You can now create threaded needle valves with male threaded by female threaded ends.
You can now route mitered elbows using the Miter Elbow Buttweld elbow type or from the
component List. Component List is explained in Auto Route (on page 275). For more
information, see Auto Route (on page 275) and Continue Routing (on page 279).
You can now insert a cross and a tee with reducers. The software bases the size of the
component on the connected branch of the other component. For more information, see
New and Edit Component Pane in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
You can now create skewed piping. You must set a maximum angle for the skew with the
Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle rule if you do not want the default 15º degree value. For
more information, see Auto Route (on page 275), Route skewed pipe (on page 281), and
Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle (on page 63).
You can now use the Isogen Configuration Panel in I-Configure.
When setting up a user defined material list in the Isogen Configuration panel you can now
use the attribute name -80 to display the short description column with text wrapping when
running Isogen Out . For more information, see Setup short description column for
material list with text wrapping (on page 167).
You can now generate isometric drawings for curved piping by setting the Threshold in
Isogen Configuration to greater than 0. Generate these drawings by creating an adjustable
bend, setting the Isogen Data dialog box SKEY to PB** (** designates a valid Isogen end
type), and then running Isogen Out or Isogen Batch . For more information, see
Isogen Out (on page 161), Isogen Batch (on page 168), Adjustable Bend (on page 463), and
Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics (on page 168).
You can now turn visibility of TAPs on or off in the system layer with the SYSVIS command.
For more information, see System Visibility (on page 262).
The software now allows descriptions of end types for swages. For more information on the
new end types included, see PipeDescriptionCat (on page 45).
You have more options when you use the CHANGESIZE command to change the size of a
tee. For more information, see Change Size (on page 72), Change tee sizes automatically
(on page 76), and Change tee sizes manually (on page 77).
You can now type a value in Default Value of the Custom Data tab in the CADWorx Spec
View palette to override the custom data from the Specification Editor. If you set up custom
data with the List option, you can select an item from the Default Value to apply it as an
override. For more information, see Spec View Palette (on page 104) and Custom Data Tab
(CADWorx Spec View Palette) (on page 108).
You can select from a list of items when editing custom data in the Component Custom
Data dialog box accessed in the Component Edit dialog box. You can also do the same in
the Custom Data dialog box accessed in the Global CEdit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box (on page 94) and Custom Data
Dialog Box (on page 97).
You can now insert O-Lets on the tangent of a bend or elbow.
You can now move and connect Socket and Threaded components to straight buttweld
components. The software automatically deletes all extra welds.
You can now copy the nozzle generic attachments with the applied data.
The software now includes the custom data fields in the MSSQL database.
You can now use SDBAUDIT to delete all components profiles from the database. For more
information, see Audit Steel Database (on page 415).
CADWorx now eliminates the gap that existed between the pipe supports and the pipe wall
allowing for a correct Isogen Out.
You can now enable the Repeatability return report in the I-Configure Isogen
Configuration Panel. This feature was controlled by the RepeatFile option in the previous
version of I-Configure. Enabling the repeatability report defines start and split locations for
consecutive Isogen outputs. Set the IsogenSetting variable to control the import of the
repeat file data. The number of sheets then adds to the Isogen Data dialog box. For more
information, see IsogenSetting (on page 42), Enable the Repeatability return report (on page
166), and Isogen Out (on page 161).
CADWorx now supports CAESAR II 2014. For more information, see CAESARIIVersion (on
page 39).
Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2014 SP1
Software Enhancements
You can view Isogen continuation graphics by setting the
IsogenContinuationGraphicsCount variable. For more information, see
IsogenContinuationGraphicsCount (on page 40).
Updated the Nozzle Generic Attach command to improve the overall application of the
option. For more information, see Nozzle Generic Attach (on page 249).
You can now use alpha characters in the spool, mark, and sheet number in the Isogen Data
dialog box. For more information, see Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page 89).
You can now turn off updates for Custom Data, and Line Number in the Apply Change
Data Rule. For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (on page 62).
SP1 Improvements
Improved the Change Specification command to provide you a list of components in the
case of multiple matching components. For more information, see Change Specification (on
page 79).
Software Enhancements
Updated the Pipe Support Palette to reflect the new Specification Editor Pipe Support
changes and the use of dynamic pipe supports. This option also enables new pipe supports
on tees. For more information, see Support Modeler Palette (on page 112).
Tees can now be converted to crosses after routing by using the grip point on the main of
the tee.
Reducers can now have branches routed from the side with the added grip point.
Multiple components can now move simultaneously by using the MOVECOMPONENT
command. For more information, see Continue Routing (on page 279).
Tubing can now be stretched only by using the square grip point at the end point of the tube
run. Also pipe can be routed from an existing tube. For more information, see Tube (on page
590).
Center of Gravity has now been updated. All center of gravity calculations can be completed
within a single dialog box. For more information, see C.G. Generator (on page 211).
Generic Attach has been updated to include the BOM Mark Point and the CG Location,
enabling you to select a point for the Center of Gravity. For more information, see Generic
Attach (on page 251) and Steel - Generic Attachment (on page 358).
OrthoGen capability has been added to CADWorx. For more information, see OrthoGen
Panel (on page 183).
Gaskets, Bolts, and Welds have been enhanced for appearance. They now appear as they
would in a real world environment when in enhanced mode.
There have been Isogen identifiers added to the Isogen Export Options for user shapes. For
more information, see Isogen Export Options (on page 226).
You can now set a minimum spacing rule for the O-Lets. For more information, see Apply O-
let Minimum Spacing Rule (on page 63).
You can now have custom data that is attached to components appear in the data. You can
also isolate components based on this custom data. A Custom Data button has been added
to the Component Edit dialog box and the Global CEdit dialog box. For more information,
see Local Edit (on page 82), Global Edit (on page 95), Component Custom Data Dialog Box
(on page 94) and Custom Data Dialog Box (on page 97).
You can now review changes you have made to a database when you synchronize by
setting the SyncOnStartUp variable to Synchronize with Changes Review. For more
information, see SyncOnStartUp (on page 50) and Synchronize Pipe Database (on page
209).
You can now set the Routing Mode in the CADWorx Plant Setup. For more information,
Setup (on page 27).
You can now isolate the reverse of the selected items in the CADWorx Line View palette.
You can also manage your isolation in the Line View Isolation Properties Manager added
to the CADWorx Line View palette. You can set the file created in the Line View Isolation
Properties Manager to a default by setting it in the LineViewIsolationSettingsFile
variable. This also allows you to isolate based on custom data. For more information, see
Line View Palette (on page 109), Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) (on page
109), Line View Isolation Properties Manager (on page 111), and
LineViewIsolationSettingsFile (on page 45).
You can now break pipes into segments and change segmented pipe to non-segmented
pipe. For more information, see Join Pipe (on page 217) and Break Pipe (on page 244).
You can now change the elevation of placed piping in the drawing. For more information,
see Change Elevation (on page 257).
You can now generic attach for nozzles using the ENGENERIC command. For more
information, see Nozzle Generic Attach (on page 249).
You can now enable the RepeatFile in Isogen which enables start and split locations for
consecutive Isogen outputs. Set the IsogenSetting variable to control the import of the
repeat file data. The number of sheets is then added to the Isogen Data dialog box. For
more information, see IsogenSetting (on page 42) and Isogen Out (on page 161).
Intersecting piping components can now be converted. Options are presented to you when a
piping component crosses another component. If you selected None from the list, you can
use the CONVERTINTERSECTEDPIPINGS command to convert the intersecting piping.
For more information, see Convert Intersected Piping (on page 101).
Software Enhancements
You can now convert CADWorx legacy drawings using
CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS. For more information, see Convert Legacy Drawing
(on page 65) and CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications Dialog Box (on page
65).
You can now review drawings for legacy components using
REVIEWLEGACYCOMPONENTS. For more information, see Find Legacy Components
Dialog Box (on page 68).
You can now have CADWorx automatically add couplings between components with the
Apply Auto Coupling Rule. For more information, see Apply Auto Coupling Rule (on page
60) in Piping Rules (on page 55).
You can now have CADWorx automatically check the line number when inserting
components in a line with the Apply Line Number Rule. For more information, see Apply
Line Number Rule (on page 60) in Piping Rules (on page 55).
You can now decide which items CADWorx automatically updates when using the Change
Size, Change Spec, or automatic update of data options with the Apply Change Data
Rule. For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule (on page 61).
You can now have CADWorx audit your data on startup to check for removed XDATA using
AuditDataOnStartup variable. For more information, see AuditDataOnStartup (on page 34).
You can now see which components have had XDATA removed by using the
CWSHOWNOXD command. For more information, see Show Removed XDATA (on page
35).
You can now restore XDATA to components that have had XDATA removed by using the
CWADDXD command. For more information, see Restore XDATA (on page 35).
axis
An imaginary line used to define the orientation of a system or object normally defined in terms
of an x-, y-, and z-axis. Some 3-D graphic objects have an associated axis used to define the
center or axis for rotations.
bar
A steel rod used to reinforce concrete.
basic design
Engineering definition of the model and its systems.
bay
The distance between two trusses.
BCSA (British Constructional Steelwork Association)
An organization responsible for defining British steel construction standards.
beam
A structural member type typically placed with the member axis in a nominal horizontal
orientation.
bearing plate
A steel plate used to distribute a load over a larger area. Usually used at the base of a column.
bent
A vertical framework usually consisting of a truss or beam supported at the ends on columns.
bill of material (BOM)
Hierarchical decomposition of a product into constituent assemblies and parts. Specific types of
BOMs exist (for example, an EBOM is a bill of material from the point of view of an engineering
department; an MBOM is a bill of material from the point of view of manufacturing).
brace
A diagonal member used to stiffen a framework.
cans
A reinforcing connection piece placed at member intersections.
cantilever
A beam, girder, or truss that overhangs one or both supports.
catalog
Repository of information about components and materials used in construction. When you use
catalog parts in the model, the software places an occurrence of the catalog part in the project.
This occurrence is a copy of the actual catalog part.
change history
Process of recording information such as who, when, and why for any given modification.
change management
Software features or manual procedures for managing the consequence of change. For
example, software can support a change management feature to report drawings that need
updating as a result of a change in a 3-D model.
change propagation
Ability of the software to intelligently modify dependent design information to reflect change in a
higher order object.
channel
A structural shape referring to a three-sided member type with each of the sides joined at a right
angle.
chord
The principal member of a truss. Can be on either the top or bottom of the truss.
circular tube
A structural shape referring to a hollow cylindrical member type or pipe.
CISC (Canadian Institute of Steel Construction)
An organization responsible for defining Canadian steel construction standards.
class
Grouping of individual objects that share some very significant, common characteristics.
clip angle
A small angle-shaped piece of steel used for fastening members together.
codelist
A set of acceptable values for a particular property that can be referred to by an index number or
selected in a combo box. For example, the codelist for the material specification allows you to
select from a set of standard entries, such as ASTM A183-F316 Stainless Steel.
column
A vertical structural member usually attached to a footing and extending to the roof of a building.
commodity code
A user-defined code that provides an index to parts in a catalog.
commodity item
A standard component found in a manufacturer catalog (an off-the-shelf component).
component
Physical part that a feature generates.
concurrent access
Ability of the software to allow multiple users to simultaneously access and modify the design of
a model.
coordinate
The location of a point along the X-, Y-, or Z-axis.
coordinate system
A geometric relation used to denote the location of points in the model. The most common
coordinate system is the rectangular coordinate system, whereby points are located by
traversing the X-, Y-, and Z-axes of the model. Normally, coordinate systems have their origin
defined as 0,0,0.
cope
To cut out the top or bottom flanges and possibly the web so that one member frames into
another.
cross section
The shape of a member when viewed along the member line.
cutback
An axial offset that typically represents the distance from a member centerline to its face.
Cutbacks are used to account for the difference between how a structure is modeled and
constructed in terms of lengths of members and quantities of materials.
cutting plane
A plane that cuts through an object.
damage records
Data relating to the damage and repair of structure or components that occurred during or after
construction of a plant.
data interchange
Capability to output the design, or portions of the design, in a standard format for use or
movement to another computer software system.
database
Repository for the product model data. The database contains information to describe individual
objects in the data model and the relationships between objects as appropriate.
database backup
Process of recording a backup copy of the complete database or the incremental changes after
the date that the last complete copy was created.
database break and recovery
Utilities used to restore a database after files are corrupted.
database copy
Functionality to copy large collections of model objects from one design project to another
design project.
database management
Functionality related to managing a product model database.
degree
The highest polynomial factor in the curve or surface mathematical definition. A line is a degree
1 curve, while a cubic B-spline is a degree 3 curve.
degree of freedom
An allowable direction of movement, either translation or rotation. There are six possible
degrees of freedom (DOFs): translation X, Y, and Z, and rotation RX, RY, and RZ.
design alternative
Difference in a design represented by a separate version. A design alternative can be a new
design prepared as a proposed change, or one of several elective options that the builder or
customer selects. Each design alternative has an identification assigned so you can uniquely
refer to the design alternatives.
design approval log
Record of review and approval of parts of the design.
design documents
Drawings, sketches, material lists, procedures, and so forth that are generated during the design
phase.
design object
Any object with properties that you can select. A design object can be related to one or more
contracts of different types, but related only to one contract of a given type.
design progress check
Analysis of the content of the design to some metric unit that gives an idea of the degree of
completion.
design review
Functionality to support rapid viewing of the design and markup of features with comments.
design service
Any general system services related to the design function.
design standard
Feature or object used in plant design that has been determined to the normal or approved way
of accomplishing a design requirement. In the context of computer software, the term refers to
computer functionality to support standards, not the standard itself.
detail schedule
Lowest level of schedule used to manage and track work progress.
diagonals
A member used for stiffening and wind bracing.
distributed systems
Systems consisting of sequential parts with a distributive characteristic (for example, pipes
distribute fluids, HVAC distributes air, cabling distributes power, and structure distributes loads).
distribution systems
Term synonymous and used interchangeably with the term distributed systems.
documentation
Drawings and other records that you must produce to document, obtain approval, or build the
design.
drawing tool
Tool that helps in the process of creating, modifying, or manipulating objects. Examples are
PinPoint and SmartSketch.
driftpin
A tapered steel pin used to align bolt or rivet holes when assembling steel.
easting
A term that describes an east coordinate location in a coordinate system.
edge
A topological object that represents a trimmed curve bounded by a start and end vertex.
edge distance
The distance from the center of a bolt or rivet to the edge of a plate or flange.
equipment
Pieces that a foundation supports. Examples are engines, generators, pumps, fans, consoles,
large valves, large strainers, and winches. Usually, you can find these pieces on a machinery
arrangement plan. Equipment is most often associated with a system.
equipment catalog
Catalog of equipment geometry and limited properties that the software uses to identify and
visualize equipment and its placement in the model. The catalog is not the source for the total
specification and ordering data for the object.
erection clearance
The amount of space left between members to ease assembly.
fabricate
To cut, punch, and sub-assemble members in the shop.
face
A topological object that represents a trimmed surface bounded by a loop of edges.
face plate
An edge reinforcement type that places a plate or profile at the selected plate edge.
face-to-face
The overall length of a component from the inlet face to the outlet face.
fasteners
Bolts and rivets used to connect structural members.
element
Primitive geometric shape such as a line, circle, or arc.
feature
A logical collection of parts driven by the piping specification. There are four basic features:
straight, turn, branch, and inline component.
fence
Boundary or barrier that separates or closes off an area. To surround or close like a fence.
field adjustment
Material added to the neat design geometry of piping or structural parts to allow for fit up in the
case that extra material is required due to uncontrolled variance in the manufacturing and
construction process.
flange
The projecting portion of a beam, channel, or column.
flavor
A different variation of a symbol. Each variation has different occurrence property values.
flexure
A term used for describing bending behavior.
focus of rotation
A point or line about which an object or view turns.
footing
An enlargement at the base of a column, or at the bottom of a wall, that distributes the load over
a greater portion of ground and thereby prevents settling.
frame connection
A way of establishing connectivity between member parts to represent physical relationships
such as work point offsets, and logical relationships such as end releases. A placement
positioning mechanism to represent physical relationships between member systems that
establishes and maintains connectivity.
framing plan
A structural drawing plan view, drawn to scale, providing an overhead view of the structural
components of a building. Columns, beams, and girders, roof members, floor members, and wall
members all require separate framing plans.
full penetration weld
A type of weld in which the weld material extends through the complete thickness of the
components being joined.
function points
Part of the requirements documentation, function points are the smallest granularity of a
requirement statement that describe specific detailed actions that the software performs.
functional block diagram
Schematic representation of a system (piping, electrical, ventilation) showing system parts and
their relationship. You use symbols to represent equipment and components. A connecting
network of lines illustrates their relationship. Taken together, the symbols and the network
illustrate the function of the system.
furnishings
Parts such as movable articles and fittings that normally are not associated with a system (for
example, a chair).
generic specific
Object that is parametrically defined or defined to suit a family of specific parts (for example,
International Standards parametrics). For example, a 100 - 200 gpm pump in the catalog can
provide a general shape to appear in the model until a specific object has been identified. See
also specific and specific object.
girder
A horizontal support member similar to a beam. Some people maintain that girders span from
column to column, and beams span from girder to girder. Other people maintain that beams
span column to column and girders span from beam to beam.
girt
A beam, usually bolted to columns, to support the side covering or to serve as a window lintel.
grade
The material grade of the structural member.
GUIDs
Acronym that stands for Globally Unique Identifiers. The software automatically creates the
GUIDs sheet in the Excel workbooks when you create the Catalog database and schema. The
purpose of storing GUIDs within Excel workbooks is to help you keep track of what has been
loaded into the database. Storing GUIDs also helps to avoid the situation in which a
replacement Catalog database causes existing models to become invalid.
gusset plate
A plate used to connect various members, such as in a truss.
hook element
An analytical element or boundary condition used to simulate one-way tension-only behavior. A
hook element is a backwards gap with the ability to resist tension only when the hook is closed.
It resists neither tension nor compression when it is open. Typical uses of hook elements in
modeling include structural bracing, cables, tension, bolts, and the separation of two connected
regions.
HVAC
Acronym for heating, ventilation and cooling. This system is the distribution system design for
heating or cooling.
HVAC analysis
Analysis routines that address heating and cooling loads required for the compartments and that
size or evaluate ventilation ducts and blower requirements.
initial design
Early stage of design work, generally before contract, used to estimate construction costs and
provide a rough concept of the intended plant. Contains information relating to a plant created
during its initial (concept) design period.
initial structural plan
Principal structural plan for the plant; also called a construction profile.
inline
A term used to refer to those piping components that can be inserted in a pipe feature.
instantiation
Occurrence of a catalog object at a specific geometric location in the model.
interference checking
A process that identifies possible collisions or insufficient clearance between objects in the
model.
I-Section
A structural shape referring to any member type in the form of an I.
job order
Industrial authorization for accomplishing work; synonymous with a work order.
joist
A horizontal structural members that support the floor or roof of a building.
kinematics analysis
Analysis of mechanical motion.
knee brace
A corner brace used to prevent angular movement.
leg length analysis
Preferred term is welding length analysis.
library
Resource of reference information that you can access in developing a plant design.
life cycle database
Information developed to assist in the maintenance and modernization of delivered plants.
link
Way to store information about another file in your document. You can update a link so that
changes in the file appear in your document.
lintel
A horizontal member used to carry a wall over an opening.
load (structure)
A force vector applied to a member.
logical member
An object in the model used to represent the design topology.
machinery
Major pieces of equipment installed in a plant.
macro
A sequence of actions or commands that can be named and stored. When you run the macro,
the software performs the actions or runs the commands. You can create the macros in Visual
Basic or other OLE-aware programming applications. Some of the other OLE-aware
programming applications are Visual Basic for Applications, Visual C++, and so forth.
maintenance envelope
A rectangular box around the part for clearance during maintenance operations.
maintenance parts
Required material for depot or on-board repair or overhaul of equipment, as determined by
engineering study. Generally at a level below the purchased construction object of the plant.
maintenance records
Records of breakdown, repair, and overhaul of equipment.
material analysis
Analysis of a completed design work for extracting detailed material requirements; also called
material lists.
material list
An option category that controls the format and content of the bill of materials.
material properties
Properties of the material useful in the analysis process.
member name
A user-definable alphanumeric code used to uniquely identify individual members in the model.
member part
A model object derived from the logical model that represents the manufactured physical
member parts.
member system
A logical collection of member parts that can be moved as a single entity.
move from point
Starting point for an action. For example, when you move an equipment object, the Move From
point determines the point of origin for the move.
move to point
Ending point for an action. For example, when you move an equipment object, the Move To
point determines where you want the move to stop.
natural surface
A surface without a boundary curve.
node
One of the set of discrete points in a flow graph.
A terminal of any branch of a network or a terminal common to two or more branches of a
network.
An end point of any branch or a network or graph, or a junction common to two or more
branches.
northing
A term that describes a north coordinate location in a coordinate system.
nozzle
A piping connection point to a piece of equipment.
nozzle standout
The shortest allowable distance between the connection point of a nozzle and the start point of a
turn on the leg connected to the nozzle.
NPD (Nominal Piping Diameter)
The diameter of a pipe.
object
A type of data other than the native graphic format of the application.
orientation vector
A vector used to define the local y-x plane of a physical member when combined with the local
x-axis defined by the start and end nodes.
origin
In coordinate geometry, the point where the X-, Y-, and Z-axes intersect.
origin point
The point at which the coordinate system is placed, providing a full Cartesian coordinate system
with positive and negative quadrants. Points are placed at coordinates relative to the origin
point, represented by the X, Y, and Z values.
orthogonal
The characteristic of an element consisting completely of elements positioned at 90-degree
angles. A square is an orthogonal element.
orthographic
A depiction of an object created by projecting its features onto a plane along lines perpendicular
to the plane.
orthotropic material
A material that has two material directions that are orthogonal to one another. An example of an
orthotropic material is wood.
P&ID
Diagram that shows the topology, functional components, and special requirements of a piping
system; generally represents the engineering design of the system.
package
Set of closely related classes. (UML)
panel
The space between adjacent floor supports, or purlins, in a roof.
parameter
A property whose value determines the characteristics or behavior of something.
part class
A group of similar objects. You can define part classes in the Excel workbooks. A part class can
have multiple parts. For example, a heat exchanger part class can contain heat exchangers with
different dimensions.
part number
Unique identifier of a part.
parts
The physical components that comprise a feature and are generally selected by the software.
For example, the flanges, gaskets, and the gate valve itself are examples of the parts
comprising the gate valve feature.
PDS (Plant Design System)
A comprehensive, intelligent, computer-aided design and engineering application for the
process, power, and marine industries. PDS consists of integrated 2-D and 3-D modules that
correspond to engineering tasks in the design workflow.
physical member
A concept that helps to eliminate modeling errors by providing a straightforward method for
defining structure geometry by placing members in a model in much the same way that they
would be framed in the field. During analysis pre-processing, physical members are split into
finite elements (segments) while still maintaining the collective status of the physical member
during model revisions. The software assigns member releases at each end of the true physical
member, while preventing release assignments from being made to interior nodes of the finite
elements.
pitch
The ratio of rise to run for roofs. Pitch is also the center distance between bolts or rivets, parallel
to the axis of the member.
plate
A flat, rectangular steel shape.
port
A connection point to a pipe or a component such as a valve.
post tensioning
A method of pre-stressing concrete, by stressing the steel strands after the concrete has been
poured and allowed to harden.
precast concrete
Concrete members that are poured in forms at a plant or factory and allowed to harden. Two
types of precast products exist: pre-stressed products and reinforced products.
pre-stressed concrete
Concrete products that are stressed by passing high-strength steel strands through the form and
applying stress to the strands either before or after the concrete is poured.
pretensioning
Stressing the steel strands in a pre-stressed member before the concrete is poured into the
form.
primary member
A main structural support member.
principle of superposition
The principle that states that the stresses, strains, and displacements due to different forces can
be combined. This principle is only valid for linear analysis.
product structure
Hierarchical breakdown or decomposition of a product into constituent parts, volumes, or units.
(For example, a bill of material is one possible type of product structure.)
production planning
Functionality associated with the work breakdown and sequence of the construction of a plant.
purlin
Horizontal structural member extending between trusses, used as beams for supporting the
roof.
rafters
Beams or truss members that support the purlins.
rebar
A term for steel reinforcing bars that are used to reinforce concrete.
rectangular bar
A structural shape referring to a four-sided solid bar.
rectangular tube
A structural shape referring to a four-sided hollow member type.
reference data
The data that is necessary to design plants or ships using the software. Reference data includes
graphical information, such as symbols. It also contains tabular information, such as physical
dimensions and piping specifications.
reflect
A parameter that affects the placement orientation of member cross sections. At your option, the
sections can be placed with their geometry reflected or mirrored about the local section y-axis.
reinforced concrete plan
A framing plan that identifies all beams and slabs by letter and number. The slab, beam, and
bend schedules give all details for preparation and placement (number, size, spacing, bending,
and location) of the reinforcing steel.
resource estimation
Rough estimate of material, manpower, and facility utilization for the design and construction of
the plant.
retaining wall
A structural wall, either gravity or cantilever, used to hold back dirt or other materials.
route
1) A line connecting a series of points in space and constituting a proposed or traveled route. 2)
The set of links and junctions joined in series to establish a connection.
rule-based joint
A feature that enables you to offset the work point of two members that intersect at a node. The
rules vary depending on the structural type, member orientation, and construction practices.
Ruled joints are typically used when a connection detail calls for the physical member ends to
be noncoincident with the centerline of an intersection member.
sag ties
Tie rods between purlins in the plane of a roof, used to carry the component of the roof load
parallel to the roof. Tie rods are used to support girts.
SAISC (South African Institute of Steel Construction)
An organization responsible for defining South African steel construction standards.
schema
A database that creates the structure of another database. For example, a schema specifies the
queries, tables, fields, and data types in a database.
secondary member
A member that is not a significant load-bearing member.
section
A structural member whose parameters are defined in a table.
section name
An alphanumeric code used to refer to a particular member in a table; for example W18X35.
section orientation
The position of physical member cress section relative to the physical member local coordinate
system.
section table
A library of standard structural shapes containing the necessary parametric properties of each
section size, such as depth, width, and inertias.
shear stiffness
A physical member property that indicates whether to include shear stiffness in the analytical
element stiffness matrix of a member.
shear walls
A wall designed to resist lateral loading from winds, underground disturbances, or blasts.
shell structure
External portion of the surface of the plant.
site
The top level in the Project Management hierarchy. A Site configuration may contain several
Catalogs, each shared by multiple Plants.
skewed member
A structural member that is not at right angles to its connecting members.
slab
A flat concrete area usually reinforced with wire mesh and rebar.
sleeve
A part that connects two pipes or two ducts, for example. A sleeve can be used to prevent water
from leaking through a hole.
span
A group of contiguous physical members that are not intersected by a brace- or column-type
physical member.
specifications
Contracted requirements for the plant.
splice (structure)
To fasten together two physical members, usually columns end-to-end, to form a single
continuing length.
steel reinforced concrete
An association of concrete and steel where the concrete is there to stand the compression
forces and the steel the traction forces. The resulting structure can withstand traction and
flexion.
stiffener
An angle, plate, or channel fastened to a member to prevent buckling.
stress
Forces acting on structural members due to various types of loads. These forces can be shear,
tension, compression, or torsion.
stringer
A longitudinal member used to support loads directly.
structure analysis
Analysis routines that provide stress and deflection data for structural designs. Loading
conditions can be both static and dynamic. Finite element analysis is the most common type of
structure analysis.
strut
A compression member in a framework.
stud
A bolt, threaded on both ends, used to connect components.
suspended floor
A concrete floor system built above and off the ground.
system
A conceptual design grouping that organizes parts in hierarchical relationships. A system
represents a functional view of the model and includes information such as system name, type,
properties, and design specifications for the objects assigned to the system.
tag number
User-specific, unique number assigned to an object (for example, CV-101 for a control valve,
HE-2002 for a heat exchanger).
target point
The origin for coordinate measurements displayed by PinPoint. You can position the target point
anywhere on the drawing sheet or view.
tilt-up walls
Concrete walls that are poured in forms on the ground and then tilted up into place by cranes or
hoists.
transition
A cross-sectional type that results in a tapered length of member and involves a gradual change
in section size. See also uniform.
truss
A rigid framed structure consisting of straight members joined to form a pattern of
interconnecting triangles for carrying loads.
uniform
A cross-section type that results in a uniform length of member and involves an abrupt change
in section size. See also transition.
unit/module modeler
Facility of the system to structure collections of equipment and components into a single
identifiable object.
user attributes
A customized property in the reference data. The Custom Interfaces sheets in the Excel
workbooks define these properties. You can list the customized properties on the individual part
class sheets.
vertex
A topological object that represents a point in the three-dimensional model.
web
The center section separating the flanges of an I-section, tee, or channel.
weight and CG analysis
Routines that compute the weight of commodity materials as configured in a given design (for
example, plate and pipe) and determine total weight and center of gravity (CG) for a collection of
material and equipment, as well as the complete plant.
welding
Weld requirements for joining materials. Welding length analysis is the calculation of required
weld dimensions; also called leg length analysis.
wizard
Software routine attached to an application that provides guidance and expert help to you to
complete one of the functionalities of the application.
work order
Plant authorization for completing work; synonymous with a job order.
working plane
The available 2-D plane of movement for endpoint selection.
workspace
Area that represents the portion of the model data needed to perform the intended task and
includes the user modeling settings.
Workspace Explorer
Tree or list representation of objects in your workspace.
X-section
Cross section; a graphically placed cross section representing the member section size.
yield strength
The stress beyond which a material sustains permanent deformation.
L M
Label components with line numbers • 190 machinery • 714
Ladder • 376 macro • 714
LanguageFile • 42 maintenance envelope • 714
Lap Joint Flange • 492 maintenance parts • 714
Lateral Plan • 552 maintenance records • 715
Lateral Side • 572 Match an object's layer • 317
Lateral Vertical • 572 Match Layer • 317
Latrolet Socket Weld in Plan • 605 Matched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View
Latrolet Socket Weld in Side • 620 Palette) • 149
Latrolet Thread in Plan • 604 material analysis • 715
Latrolet Thread in Side • 619 material list • 715
Latrolet Weld in Plan • 604 Material List Definition • 172
Latrolet Weld in Side • 619 material properties • 715
Layer Change • 400, 442 member name • 715
Layer Off • 317 member part • 715
Layer On • 317 member system • 715
LayerByLineNumber • 42 Misc • 312, 641
Layers Dialog Box • 156 Misc Panel • 214
Layers Panel • 315 Miscellaneous CFG Content • 69
leg length analysis • 714 Miter • 387
library • 714 Miters • 462
life cycle database • 714 Mode Convert • 98
Line • 190 Modeling in 2D • 470, 509, 518, 531, 565,
Line Isolate • 191 606, 635, 647
Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Modeling in 3D • 452, 500, 516, 522, 547,
Palette) • 109 588, 624, 643
Line Numbering System Dialog Box • 185 Modify a component • 88
Line Numbering System Dropdown Setup Modify a user-defined HVAC shape • 431
Dialog Box • 106 Modify an HVAC shape • 423
Line Numbers • 649 Modify an HVAC shape from the catalog •
Line View Isolation Properties Manager • 427
111 Modify multiple components • 97
Line View Palette • 109 Modifying a User Profile • 656
Lined • 513 move from point • 715
Lined Eccentric Reducer • 516 move to point • 715
Lined Pipe • 516 Moveline • 281
Lined Wye Plan • 517 MVSetup • 24
Lined Wye Side • 518
Lined Wye Vert • 518
LineNumberSystem • 45 N
LineViewIsolationSettingsFile • 45 natural surface • 715
Place a mitered pipe • 462 Place a side tee • 474, 475, 533, 568, 569,
Place a multi-port valve • 564, 565 610, 611
Place a nipple • 590 Place a side wye • 483, 518, 578
Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the Place a snubber • 323
drawing • 241 Place a spring hanger • 322
Place a nozzle generic attachment • 250 Place a stub or weld neck • 492, 493
Place a pipe • 452, 516 Place a symmetrical user shape in the
Place a plan cross • 460, 526, 551, 599 drawing • 241
Place a plan elbow • 454, 468, 469, 524, Place a tap • 259
529, 548, 553, 554, 593 Place a threaded/socket pipe • 589
Place a plan elbowlet fitting • 603, 604 Place a translational restraint • 321
Place a plan fitting • 602, 603, 605, 606 Place a user-defined HVAC shape • 430
Place a plan flange pipe • 643 Place a valve • 500, 501, 502, 503, 504,
Place a plan flanged tee • 530 505, 506, 558, 559, 560, 561, 562, 624,
Place a plan graphic • 303 625, 626, 627, 628, 629, 633, 634
Place a plan lateral • 461, 527, 552, 553, Place a vertical blind spectacle • 648
599 Place a vertical elbowlet fitting • 617, 618
Place a plan latrolet fitting • 604, 605 Place a vertical fitting • 615, 616, 620, 621
Place a plan reducing cross • 461 Place a vertical lateral • 481, 535, 573, 574,
Place a plan sock-o-let • 528 613
Place a plan tee • 456, 524, 549, 550, 594, Place a vertical reducing cross • 479, 571
595 Place a vertical soc-o-let • 536
Place a plan wye • 470, 517, 557 Place a vertical strainer • 539
Place a plug • 600 Place a vertical tee • 474, 476, 534, 569,
Place a relief side valve • 631 570, 610, 611
Place a relief top valve • 637 Place a vertical wye • 484, 518, 578
Place a rigid element • 646 Place a weld dot graphic • 311
Place a rolled pipe • 463 Place a weld symbol graphic • 308
Place a rolled tee • 468 Place an adjustable bend • 464
Place a rotational restraint • 323 Place an anchor • 322
Place a sanitary plan reducing cross • 551 Place an angle side valve • 511, 512, 580,
Place a sanitary side or vertical u-bend • 637
577, 578 Place an angle top valve • 632
Place a sanitary side reducing cross • 571 Place an angle valve • 508, 509, 563
Place a sanitary u-bend • 555 Place an arrow head graphic • 306
Place a section graphic • 301 Place an eccentric reducer • 459, 517, 525,
Place a side blind spectacle • 645 556, 598
Place a side cross • 478, 534, 570, 612 Place an eccentric reducer swage • 596
Place a side elbowlet fitting • 616, 617, 618 Place an elevation graphic • 305
Place a side flange pipe • 647 Place an expansion joint • 646
Place a side flanged tee • 539 Place an HVAC shape from the catalog •
Place a side lateral • 480, 535, 572, 573, 427
612 Place an instrument graphic • 304
Place a side latrolet fitting • 619, 620 Place an isometric symbol graphic • 310
Place a side or vertical elbow • 470, 471, Place an offset tap • 249
472, 481, 482, 483, 531, 532, 537, 538, Place automatic dimensions • 289
565, 567, 574, 575, 576, 607, 608, 609 Place component annotation • 293
Place a side reducing cross • 479 Place component elevation annotation • 294
Place a side reducing elbow • 473, 566, 609 Place coordinates • 295
Place a side socket weld threaded pipe • Place hand rail by points • 381
644 Place hand rail by polyline • 382
Place a side socket weld/threaded pipe • Place horizontal dimensions • 289
648 Place horizontal tailed dimensions • 291
Single BOM using Manual placement • 133, Steel - Generic Attachment • 358
201, 412, 442 Steel Bolts • 355
Single HVAC Bill of Material • 441 Steel BOM / DB Panel • 402
Single Line Steel • 363 Steel BOM Setup • 403
Single Pipe Bill of Material • 200 Steel BOM Sort Order / Accumulation
Single Pipe Support Bill of Material • 132 Dialog Box • 405
Single Steel Bill of Material • 410 Steel Draw Panel • 348
SingleLineWidth • 47 Steel Edit Panel • 386
site • 720 steel reinforced concrete • 720
Size • 71 Steel Shapes Panel • 332
Size-Spec • 72 SteelCopeBoltDistance • 48
skewed member • 720 SteelCopeWeldDistance • 48
SKEY Information • 173 SteelLibraryDirectory • 48
slab • 720 SteelNeutralAxis • 49
sleeve • 720 SteelPartNumberFile • 49
Slip-on Flange • 487 SteelRoundControl • 49
Snubber • 323 SteelRoundUnit • 50
Socket Type Flange • 489 SteelToolTipSetting • 50
Socket Weld • 101, 285 stiffener • 720
Sock-O-Let • 528 Stop Sign • 170
Sockolet Socket Weld in Plan • 603 stress • 720
Sockolet Socket Weld in Vertical • 616 stringer • 721
South • 329 structure analysis • 721
span • 720 strut • 721
Spec • 71 Stub End • 492
Spec Editor • 106 stud • 721
Spec View Palette • 104 Support Directory • 24
Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View Support Modeler Palette • 112
Palette) • 104 suspended floor • 721
Special Monitored Commands Used With a SW/Thrd Plan • 644
Live Database • 659 SW/Thrd Side • 647
Specification and Data Files • 655 Synchronize HVAC Database • 445
Specification and Size • 70 Synchronize Pipe Database • 209
SpecificationDefaultProject • 48 Synchronize Steel Database • 416
SpecificationDirectory • 47 Synchronize the HVAC database • 445
specifications • 720 SyncOnStartUp • 50
Specify the Bill of Material Mark Point and system • 721
the Center of Gravity Location • 255 System In • 256
Specify the weld dot size for a single line System Out • 242
pipe • 217 System Prompts • 299
SpecSizeOverride • 48 System Visibility • 262
Spectacle Blind Side • 645
Spectacle Blind Vertical • 648 T
splice (structure) • 720
Spring Hanger • 322 Tag Location • 203
Stair • 382 tag number • 721
Standard • 273 Tag Toggle Bill of Material • 203
Start a new route • 279 Tap • 259
Startup Defaults • 24 target point • 721
Startup Variables • 32 Technical Support • 18
Steel • 650 Tee • 467
Steel - Cope • 387 Tee Shapes • 339
Steel - Frame Creation • 372 TemplateDatabaseFile • 50
W
web • 722
weight and CG analysis • 722
Weld • 307
Weld Gap • 639
Weld Neck Flange • 485
Weld Size • 216
Weld Total • 272
WeldDotSize • 52
WeldGapToDB • 52
welding • 722
Weldolet Weld in Plan • 602
Weldolet Weld in Vertical • 615
West • 330
What's New in Plant • 21